version 2010–02–5 of
French
The current, editable version of this book is available in Wikibooks, the open-content textbooks
collection, at
http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/French
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms
of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and
no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License."
Attributions and Licenses
This wikibook was written by several Wikibooks contributors.
All images are available on WikiMedia Commons (http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/) unless stated
otherwise.
Main Contents
Lessons
Grammar
Appendices
Texts
Q&A
About the Book
GFDL
LESSONS
Contents
Introductory Lessons
Level One Lessons
Level Two Lessons
Level Three Lessons
GNU Free Documentation License
INTRODUCTORY
Introductory Lessons Contents
Lesson 0.01 - Introduction
Lesson 0.02 - Learning French
Lesson 0.03 - The Alphabet
Lesson 0.04 - Accents
Lesson 0.05 - Greetings
Lesson 0.06 - Formal Speech
Lesson 0.07 - How are you?
Lesson 0.08 - Numbers
Lesson 0.09 - The Date
Lesson 0.10 - Telling Time
Lesson 0 Review
Lesson 0 Test
Bonjour! - Introductory French
01 Leçon 01 : Introduction
History of the French Language
Extent of the French Language
Lesson 01 : Introduction
02 Leçon 02 : Apprendre le français
Reasons To Learn French, Book Organization
Advice on Studying French
Lesson 02 : Learning French
03 Leçon 03 : L'alphabet
Letters
Punctuation
Lesson 03 : The Alphabet
04 Leçon 04 : Les accents
Acute Accent, Grave Accent
Tonic Accent, Stress
Lesson 04 : Accent Marks
05 Leçon 05 : Les salutations
Greetings
Good-byes, Names
Lesson 05 : Greetings
06 Leçon 06 : Le discours formel
Vous vs. tu, Courtesy
Titles, Asking For One's Name
Lesson 06 : Formal Speech
07 Leçon 07 : Ça va?
Asking How One Is Doing
Lesson 07 : How are you?
08 Leçon 08 : Les nombres
Cardinal Numbers
Ordinal Numbers
Lesson 08 : Numbers
09 Leçon 09 : Les dates
Numbers 01-31, Seasons
Days of the week, Months of the Year
Lesson 09 : Dates
10 Leçon 10 : L'heure
Numbers 30-60, Times of Day
Asking for the time
Lesson 10 : Telling Time
Rv Revue
Introductory review
Revue de l'introduction
Review
Ex L'examen
Chapter test
Chapitre l'examen
Test
Lesson 0.01 - Introduction
Introduction
See also: w:French language
French is a Romance language descended from Latin which developed as a result of Celtic and Frankish
influences in Gaul (now France). Being a Romance language, it is closely related to Portuguese, Spanish,
Italian, and Romanian, as well as many other languages. There are over 87 million native French speakers
and an additional 68 million non-native speakers in the world.
History
Further information: w:History of the French language
During the Roman occupation of Gaul, the Latin language was imposed on the natives. This Latin language
eventually developed into what is known as Vulgar Latin, which was still very similar to Latin. Over the
centuries, due to Celtic and Germanic influences (particularly the Franks), la langue d'oïl was developed. A
dialect of la langue d'oïl known as le francien was the language of the court, and thus became the official
language of what was to become the Kingdom of France, and later the Nation-State of France.
From medieval times until the 19th century, French was the dominant language of diplomacy, culture,
administration, trade and royal courts across Europe. Due to these factors, French was the lingua franca of
this time period.
French has influenced many languages world wide, including English. It is through French (or more
precisely Norman, a dialect of la langue d'oïl) that English gets about one third of its vocabulary.
Extent of the Language
Main article: w:La Francophonie
Main article: w:French colonial empires
In modern times, French is still a significant diplomatic language: it is
an official language of the United Nations, the Olympic Games, and
the European Union. It is also the official language of 29 countries and
is spoken in France, Belgium, Switzerland, Luxemburg, Tunisia,
Morocco, Senegal, Haiti, the Ivory Coast, Madagascar, the Congo,
Algeria, Niger, Mali, Burkina Faso, Togo, Gabon, the Seychelles,
Burundi, Chad, Rwanda, Djibouti, Cameroon, Mauritius, and Canada
(mostly in the province of Québec, where it is the primary language, but it is also used in other parts of the
country. All consumer product packages in Canada are required by law to have both English and French
labels).
Allons-y! Bonne chance!
French is spoken all around the
world.
Lesson 0.02 - Learning French
Reasons to learn French
As mentioned earlier, French is a major diplomatic language. You are bound to find speakers almost
anywhere in the world. In addition to these societal reasons, there are hundreds of famous French novels and
nonfiction works in a wide variety of subjects. Because much can be lost in translation, the best way to read
these works is in the original language.
Advice on studying French
Main article: How to learn a language
French tends to have a reputation among English speakers as hard to learn. While it is true that it poses
certain difficulties to native English-speakers, it may be noted that English is also considered 'difficult' to
learn, and yet we learned it without the benefit of already knowing a language. In fact, the French language
can be learned in only 10 months
(http://web.archive.org/web/20071211081522/http://en.wikinerds.org/index.php/Learning_French_in_10_months
, if only for the specific purpose of passing a standardized test, such as the Test d'Evaluation de Français.
According to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, in order to reach the level of
'Independent User' (after completing Level B2), you must complete 400 hours of effective learning (so if
you study 4 hours a week, every single week of the year, you would need two years to achieve it). Any way
you look at it, learning any new language requires a long-term commitment. Remember, that like any skill, it
requires a certain amount of effort. And it is likely that if you do not practice your French regularly, you will
begin to forget it. Try to make French practice a part of your routine; even if it's not daily, at least make it
regular.
Also remember that you are learning a new skill. Try to master the simple stuff before moving on to the
more complex concepts. We all have to add and subtract before we can do calculus. French is a complete
language. While this course can teach you to read and write in French, these are only half of the skills that
make up fluency. A written document cannot teach much about listening to and speaking French. You must
train all of these skills, and they will reinforce one another. For listening and speaking, find a native speaker
to help you.
The very best way to learn French is to visit France or another French-speaking country. This allows you to
start with a clean slate, as babies do. However, since most of us are unwilling or unable to take that step, the
next best option is immersion. If you are serious about learning French, a period of immersion (during which
you live in a Francophone culture) is a good idea once you have some basic familiarity with the language. If
you can't travel to a French-speaking country, then try listening to French-language programs on the radio,
TV, or the Internet. Rent or buy French-language movies (many American and U.K. movies have a French
language option). Pay attention to pronunciation. Grab a French speaker you meet and talk to him or her in
French. Listen, speak, and practice. Read French newspapers and magazines. Google's news page, which
links to French-language news stories, is an excellent source that will enrich your vocabulary.
Book organization
This book is divided into one set of preliminary lessons, the page you are reading now, and four increasingly
complex lesson levels. The introductory lessons will teach you pronunciation and phrases. In the first level,
you will learn basic grammar, including pronouns, the present indicative, most common present tense, and
several irregularly-conjugated verbs. In the second level, the passé composé, the most common past tense, is
given, along with many other irregular verbs. In the third level, you will learn several more tenses and
complex grammar rules. The fourth level (still in development), will be conducted in French and will focus
on French literature and prose writing. For more on course structure, and information on how you can help
improve this book, see the lessons planning page.
Lesson 0.03 - The Alphabet
Introduction
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •101 kb • help)
The French Alphabet L'alphabet français
Characters
Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii
Pronunciation
ah bay say day euh eff jhay ash ee
Characters
Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Oo Pp Qq Rr
Pronunciation
ghee kah el emm enn oh pay ku air
Characters
Ss Tt Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
Pronunciation
ess tay oo vay dubla-vay eeks ee-grehk zed
In addition, French uses several accents which are worth understanding. These are: à, è, ù, (grave accents)
and é (acute accent). A circumflex applies to all vowels: â, ê, î, ô, û. A tréma (French for dieresis) is also
applied: ë, ï, ü, ÿ. Two combined letters are used: æ and œ, and a cedilla is used on the c to make it sound
like an English s: ç. More information on accents will be found in the next section.
Letters and examples
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •101 kb • help)
The French Alphabet L'alphabet français
letter pronunciation
name in French
(in IPA transcription)
Aa like a in father
/a/
Bb like b in may"be
/be/
Cc
before e and i: like c in center
before a, o, or u: like c in cat
/se/
Dd like d in dog
/de/
Ee approx. like u in burp**
/ə/
Ff like f in fog
/ɛf/
Gg
before e and i: like s in measure
before a, o, or u: like g in get
/ʒe/
Hh
aspirated h: see note below*
non-aspirated h: not pronounced***
/aʃ/
Ii like ea in team
/i/
Jj like s in measure
/ʒi/
Kk like k in kite
/ka/
Ll like l in lemon
/ɛl/
Mm like m in minute
/ɛm/
Nn like n in note
/ɛn/
Oo
closed: approx. like u in nut
open: like o in nose
/o/
Pp like p in pen*
/pe/
Qq like k in kite
/ky/ see 'u'
for details
Rr
force air through the back of your throat
near the position of gargling,
but sounding soft
/ɛʀ/
Ss
like s in sister at beginning
of word or with two s's
or like z in amazing if only one s
/ɛs/
Tt like t in top
/te/
Uu
Say the English letter e,
but make your lips say "oo".
/y/
Vv like v in violin
/ve/
Ww
Depending on the derivation of the word,
like v as in violin, or w in water
/dubləve/
Xx
either /ks/ in socks,
or /gz/ in exit
/iks/
Yy like ea in leak
/igrək/
Zz like z in zebra
/zɛd/
Final consonants
In French, certain consonants are silent when they are the final letter of a word. The letters p (as in 'coup'), s
(as in 'héros'), t (as in 'chat'), d (as in 'marchand'), and x (as in 'paresseux'), are generally not pronounced at
the end of a word. They are pronounced if there is an e letter after ('coupe', 'chatte', 'marchande', etc.)
Dental consonants
The letters d, l, n,s, t, and z are pronounced with the tip of the tongue against the lower teeth and the middle
of the tongue against the roof of the mouth. In English, one would pronounce these letters with the tip of the
tongue at the roof of one's mouth. It is very difficult to pronounce a word like 'voudrais' properly with the d
formed in the English manner.
b and p
Unlike English, when you pronounce the letters 'b' and 'p' in French, little to no air should come out of your
mouth. In terms of phonetics, the difference in the French 'b' and 'p' and their English counterparts is one of
aspiration. (This is not the same as the similarly-named concept of 'h' aspiré discussed below). Fortunately,
in English both aspirated and unaspirated variants (allophones) exist, but only in specific environments. If
you're a native speaker, say the word 'pit' and then the word 'spit' out loud. Did you notice the extra puff of
air in the first word that doesn't come with the second? The 'p' in 'pit' is aspirated [pʰ]; the 'p' in 'spit' is not
(like the 'p' in any position in French).
Exercise
Get a loose piece of printer paper or notebook paper.1.
Hold the piece of paper about one inch (or a couple of centimeters) in front of your face.2.
Say the words baby, and puppy like you normally would in English. Notice how the paper moved
when you said the 'b' and the 'p' respectively.
3.
Now, without making the piece of paper move, say the words belle (the feminine form of beautiful in
French, pronounced like the English 'bell.'), and papa (the French equivalent of "Dad").
4.
If the paper moved, your pronunciation is slightly off. Concentrate, and try it again.
If the paper didn't move, congratulations! You pronounced the words correctly!
Aspirated vs. non-aspirated h
In French, the letter h can be aspirated (h aspiré), or not aspirated (h non aspiré), depending on which
language the word was borrowed from. What do these terms mean?
Ex.: the word héros, (hero) has an aspirated h, because when the definite article le is placed before it,
the result is le héros, and both words must be pronounced separately. However, the feminine form of
héros, héroïne is a non-aspirated h. Therefore, when you put the definite article in front of it, it
becomes l'héroïne, and is pronounced as one word.
Remember that in French, an h is NEVER pronounced, whether it is aspirated or not aspirated!
The only way to tell if the h at the beginning of a word is aspirated is to look it up in the dictionary. Some
dictionaries will place an asterisk (*) in front of the entry word in the French-English H section if the h is
aspirated. Other dictionaries will include it in the pronunciation guide after the key word by placing a (')
before the pronunciation. In short, the words must be memorized.
Here is a table of some basic h words that are aspirated and not aspirated:
aspirated non-aspirated
héros, hero (le héros) héroïne, heroine (l'héroïne)
haïr, to hate (je hais or j'haïs...) habiter, to live (j'habite...)
huit, eight (le huit novembre) harmonie, harmony (l'harmonie)
Exercise
Grab a French-English dictionary and find at least ten aspirated h words, and ten non-aspirated h
words
1.
On a piece of paper, write down the words you find in two columns2.
Look at it every day and memorize the columns3.
Punctuation
From Wiktionary:
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •608 kb • help)
Punctuation La ponctuation
&
esperluette, et
commercial
,
virgule
{ }
accolades
~
tilde
[show ]
'
apostrophe
=
égal
%
pourcent
@
arobase, a
commercial, arobe
*
astérisque
$
dollar
.
point
« »
guillemets
!
point
d'exclamation
+
plus
\
barre oblique
inverse
>
supérieur à
#
dièse
[ ]
crochets
<
inférieur à
?
point
d'interrogation
:
deux points
-
moins, tiret, trait
d'union
_
soulignement
;
point virgule
( )
parenthèses
/
barre oblique
The punctuation symbols in French operates very similarly to English with the same meaning. The only
punctuation symbol not present in French would be the quotation marks; these are replaced by the guillemets
shown in the table above.
The two stroke punctuation marks (such as ;, :, ?, !) may require a non-breaking space before or after the
mark in question. For purposes of this textbook, this style will be used to maintain consistency with other
projects on WikiMedia - however, the location and context at which you will use French may have different
spacing rules. The following resources are an example of available materials for further reading:
Lexique des règles typographiques en usage à l'Imprimerie nationale, ISBN 9782743304829,
Imprimerie nationale
Wikipédia:Conventions typographiques
(http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipédia:Conventions_typographiques#Espaces)
French Style Guide (http://www.cprp.ca/guide.php?category_name=autres-ressources/#english) ,
Nova Scotia Department of Education (for Canadian French)
EXERCISE • Translator (http://translate.google.com/translate_t) • Exercise Appendix • Print version
• E: 0.03 1 - Punctuation - State the Word
Lesson 0.04 - Accents
Introduction
Five different kinds of accent marks are used in written French. In many cases, an accent changes the sound
of the letter to which it is added. In others, the accent has no effect on pronunciation. Accents in French
never indicate stress (which always falls on the last syllable). The following table lists every French accent
mark and the letters with which it can be combined:
accent
letters
used
examples
acute accent
(accent aigu)
é only
éléphant: elephant
grave accent
(accent grave)
è, à, ù
fièvre: fever, là: there, où: where
circumflex
(accent circonflexe)
â, ê, î,
ô, û
gâteau: cake, être: to be, île: island,
chômage: unemployment,
dû: past participle of devoir
diaeresis
(tréma)
ë, ï, ü, ÿ
[1]
Noël: Christmas, maïs: corn, aigüe: acute(fem)
[2]
cedilla
(cédille)
ç only
français: French
Note: The letter ÿ is only used in very rare words, mostly old town names like L'Haÿ-Les-Roses, a
Paris surburb. This letter is pronounced like ï.
1.
Note: As of the spelling reform of 1990, the diaresis indicating gu is not a digraph on words
finishing in guë is now placed on the u in standard (AKA "académie française" French) : aigüe and not
aiguë, cigüe and not ciguë, ambigüe and not ambiguë (acute(fem), conium, ambiguous). Since this
reform is relatively recent and mostly unknown to laypeople, the two spellings can be used
interchangeably.
2.
Acute accent - Accent aigu
The acute accent (French, accent aigu) is the most common accent used in written French. It is only used
with the letter e and is always pronounced /e/.
One use of the accent aigu is to form the past participle of regular -er verbs.
infinitive past participle
aimer, to love
aimé, loved
regarder, to watch
regardé, watched
Another thing to note is if you are unsure of how to translate certain words into English from French, and the
word begins with é, replace that with the letter s and you will occasionally get the English word, or an
approximation thereof:
étable --> stable (for horses)
école --> scole --> school
il étudie --> il studie --> he studies
And to combine what you already know about the accent aigu, here is one last example:
étranglé (from étrangler) --> stranglé --> strangled
NB: This will not work with every word that begins with é.
Grave accent - Accent grave
à and ù
In the case of the letters à and ù, the grave accent (Fr. accent grave), is used to graphically distinguish one
word from another.
without accent grave with accent grave
a (3rd pers. sing of avoir, to have) à (preposition, to, at, etc.)
la (definite article for feminine nouns) (there)
ou (conjunction, or) (where)
è
Unlike à and ù, è is not used to distinguish words from one another. The è is used for pronunciation. In
careful speech, an unaccented e is pronounced like the article a in english (a schwa), and in rapid speech is
sometimes not pronounced at all. The è is pronounced like the letter e in pet.
Cedilla - Cédille
The cedilla is used only with the letter "c", and is said to make the "c" soft, making it equivalent to the
English and French S.
le garçon --> (boy)
French Accents on computers
While French keyboards are available, some French students may need to enter accented characters on an
English keyboard. There are two methods of doing so - some modern word processing software allow
entering accents using a key combination, while other applications may require using an Alt code.
In supporing word processing software, you can initiate an accent by entering an appropriate key
combination.
accent key combination
acute accent
(accent aigu)
CTRL-'
grave accent
(accent grave)
CTRL-`
circumflex
(accent circonflexe)
CTRL-SHIFT-6
diaeresis
(tréma)
CTRL-;
cedilla
(cédille)
CTRL-,
On applications that do not support the key combinations, the alternate method available to students is to
hold down the ALT key, and enter the code number on the keypad. In some applications, you may also need
to have the numlock turned on to avoid undesirable effects.
Character code Character code
à 133 À 0192
â 131 Â 0194
ä 132 Ä 142
æ {ae} 145 Æ {ae} 146
œ {oe} 0156 Œ {oe} 0140
ç 135 Ç 128
é 130 É 144
ê 136 Ê 0202
è 138 È 0200
ë 137 Ë 0203
î 140 Î 0206
ï 139 Ï 0207
ô 147 Ô 0212
ù 151 Ù 0217
û 150 Û 0219
ü 129 Ü 154 or 0220
« 174 » 175
Lesson 0.05 - Greetings
D: Greetings
French Dialogue • Print version • audio (upload)
Greetings Les salutations
Jacques et Marie
Jacques
Bonsoir, Marie.
Marie
Euh ? Tu t'appelles comment ?
Jacques
Moi
[1]
, je m'appelle Jacques.
Marie
Ah, oui. Quoi de neuf, Jacques ?
Jacques
Pas grand-chose. Alors
[2]
, au revoir, à demain, Marie.
Marie
À la prochaine, Jacques.
Olivier et Luc
Olivier
Salut.
Luc
Bonjour.
Olivier
Tu t'appelles comment ?
Luc
Luc. Et toi ?
[3]
Olivier
Je suis Olivier.
Luc
Ah, oui. Alors, à bientôt, Olivier.
Olivier
Salut, Luc !
^ me ^ so, then ^ And you ? (informal)
V: Greetings
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •111 kb • help)
Greetings Les salutations
Salut Hi./Bye. (informal)
Bonjour Hello (more formal than salut) (all day)
Bonsoir Hello (after 19h00)
Bonne soirée Good evening
Bonne nuit Good night bun nwee
Quoi de neuf ? What's up (about you)? (lit. what's new)
Pas grand-chose. Not much. (lit. no big-thing)
Formal Lesson - Greetings
When talking to one's peers or to children, Salut is used as a greeting. Its English equivalents would be hi
and hey. Bonjour, literally meaning good day, should be used for anyone else. Bonsoir is used to say Good
evening. Bonne nuit is used to say Good night before going to bed.
V: Good-bye
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •202 kb • help)
Good-bye Au revoir
Salut. Hi./Bye. (informal)
Au revoir. Good-bye. ohrvwahr (ev not pronounced)
À demain. See you tomorrow. ah duhman (Lit: To/Until Tomorrow)
Au revoir, à demain. Bye, see you tomorrow.
À tout à l'heure. See you (later today)! ah tootah luhr
À la prochaine. See you (tomorrow)! ah lah proh shayn
À bientôt. See you soon. ah byantoe
Ciao Bye. chow (Italian)
Formal lesson - Good-byes
In addition to being used as an informal greeting, Salut also means bye. Again, it should only be used among
friends. Another informal greeting is ciao, an Italian word commonly used in France. Au revoir is the only
formal way to say Good-bye. If you will be meeting someone again soon, use À bientôt or À tout à l'heure. À
demain is used if you will be seeing the person the following day.
V: Names
Tu t'appelles comment ? is used to informally ask someone for his or her name. It is normal to just reply by
stating your name, however you may also respond Je m'appelle [name] (I am called...). In the next lesson,
you will learn more formal ways of asking someone for their name.
Check for understanding
One of your good friends is introducing you to his younger cousin who is visiting on a trip from France, and
doesn't speak a word of English. You want to introduce yourself to him, tell him your name, and ask "What's
up?"
Lesson 0.06 - Formal Speech
D: A formal conversation
French Dialogue • Print version • audio (info •65 kb • help)
A Formal Conversation Une conversation formelle
Two people—Monsieur Bernard and Monsieur Lambert—are meeting for the first time:
Monsieur Bernard
Bonjour. Comment vous appelez-vous ?
Monsieur Lambert
Je m'appelle Jean-Paul Lambert. Et vous ?
Monsieur Bernard
Moi, je
[4]
suis Marc Bernard. Enchanté.
Monsieur Lambert
Enchanté
[5]
.
^ I (I is not capitalized in French (unless, of course, beginning a sentence))
^ Nice to meet you (lit. enchanted)
G: Vous vs. tu
This is an important difference between French and English. English no longer distinguishes between the
singular and the plural, formal version of "you", although "thou" used to be the informal singular version in
the days of Shakespeare.
In French, it is important to know when to use "vous" and when to use "tu".
"Vous" is the plural form of "you". This is somewhat equivalent to "you all", "you guys", "all of you",
except that it does not carry any familiarity when used with the plural. You'd use it to address your friends as
well as when talking to the whole government at a press conference.
"Vous" is also used to refer to single individuals to show respect, to be polite or to be neutral. It is used when
talking to someone who is important, someone who is older than you are, or someone with whom you are
unfamiliar. This is known as Vouvoiement. Note the conversation between M. Bernard and M. Lambert
above as an example of this use.
Conversely, "tu" is the singular and informal form of "vous" (you) in French. It is commonly used when
referring to a friend or a family member, and is also used between children or when addressing a child. If it
is used when speaking to a stranger, it signals disrespect. This is known as Tutoiement. As a rule of thumb,
use "tu" only when you would call that person by his first name, otherwise use "vous". French people will
make it known when they would like you to refer to them by "tu". The use of "vous" is less common in
Quebequois than in French from France.
V: Courtesy
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •160 kb • help)
Courtesy La politesse
Please
S'il te plaît. (Lit: If it pleases you.)
S'il vous plaît. (formal).
Thanks (a lot) Merci (beaucoup).
You're welcome.
De rien. (Lit: It's nothing.)
Pas de quoi. (Lit: Not of what.) (No problem.)
Je t'en prie. I pray you (informal)
Je vous en prie (formal)
V: Titles
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •99 kb • help)
Titles Les titres
French Abbr. Pronunciation English, Usage
Singular
Plural
Monsieur
Messieurs.
M.
muhsyeu
mehsyeu
Mr., Sir.
Gentlemen.
Singular
Plural
Madame
Mesdames
M
me
mahdamn
maydahm
Mrs., Ma'am.
Ladies
Singular
Plural
Mademoiselle
Mesdemoiselles
M
lle
mahdmwahzell
mehdmwahzell
Miss, Young lady
Young ladies
Formal lesson - Titles
The titles monsieur, madame, and mademoiselle are almost always used alone, without the last name of the
person. When beginning to speak to a professor, employer, or generally someone older than you, it is polite
to say monsieur, madame, or mademoiselle.
V: Asking for one's name
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •110 kb • help)
Asking For One's Name Demander le nom de quelqu'un
Comment vous appelez-vous ?
Quel est votre nom ?
How do you call yourself? (formal)
What is your name?
Tu t'appelles comment ?
What is your name? (informal)
(lit: How do you call yourself?)
Je m'appelle...
Je suis...
My name is... (lit. I call myself...)
I am...
Lesson 0.07 - How are you?
D: A simple conversation
Two good friends—Marie and Jean—are meeting:
Marie: Salut Jean. Ça va ?
Jean: Ça va bien, merci. Et toi, ça va ?
Marie: Pas mal.
Jean: Quoi de neuf ?
Marie: Pas grand-chose.
Marie: Au revoir Jean.
Jean: Au revoir, à demain.
V: How are you?
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •105 kb • help)
How are you? Ça va?
Comment allez-vous ? (formal),
Comment vas-tu ? (informal),
Comment ça va ? / Ça va ? (informal)
How are you?
Ça va (très) bien
I'm doing (very) well
(lit. It's going (very) well)
Oui, ça va. Yes, it goes.
Très bien, merci. Very well, thanks.
Pas mal. Not Bad
pas si bien/pas très bien not so well
(très) mal (very) bad
Comme ci, comme ça. So-So.
Désolé(e). Sorry.
Et toi ?
Et vous ?
And you? (informal)
And you? (formal)
Check for understanding
Write down as many ways to respond to Ça va? as you can think of off the top off your head. Then go back to
the vocabulary and learn other ways.
E: Basic phrases - Dialogue
French Exercise • Print version • audio (info •60 kb • help)
Basic Phrases Expressions de base
Exercise
Put the following conversation in order:
First Second Third Fourth
1. Michel
Je ne vais pas très bien. Bonjour, Jacques Au revoir Comment ça va?
2. Jacques
Désolé.
Ça va très bien! Et vous?
Allez-vous bien?
À demain. Salut, Michel!
Solution:
First Second Third Fourth
1. Michel
Bonjour, Jacques. Comment ça va? Je ne vais pas très bien. Au revoir.
2. Jacques
Salut, Michel!
Ça va très bien! Et vous?
Allez-vous bien?
Désolé. À demain.
Formal lesson - Asking how one is doing
Ça va? is used to ask someone how they are doing. The phrase literally means It goes?, referring to the body
and life. A more formal way to say this is Comment allez-vous?. You can respond by using ça va as a
statement; Ça va. roughly means I'm fine. The adverb bien is used to say well, and is often said both alone
and as Ça va bien. Bien is preceded by certain adverbs to specify the degree to which you are well. Common
phrases are assez bien, meaning rather well, très bien, meaning very well, and vraiment bien, meaning really
well. The adverb mal is used to say badly. Pas is commonly added to mal to form Pas mal., meaning Not
bad. Comme ci, comme ça., literally translating to Like this, like that., is used to say So, so. To be polite, add
merci, meaning thank you to responses to questions.
Check for understanding
Pretend to have (or actually have) a verbal conversation with various people that you know, such as siblings,
friends, children, teachers, coworkers, or heads of state. Address them in different ways, depending on their
relation to you. Ask them how they are doing, and finally say goodbye.
Lesson 0.08 - Numbers
V: Cardinal numbers
Main article: French/Appendices/Dates, time, and numbers#Les numéros
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •337 kb • help)
Numbers Les nombres
un 1 une unité (a unity)
deux 2
trois 3
quatre 4
cinq 5
six 6
sept 7
huit 8
neuf 9
dix 10 une dizaine (one ten)
onze 11
douze 12 une douzaine (one dozen)
treize 13
quatorze 14
quinze 15
seize 16
dix-sept 17
dix-huit 18
dix-neuf 19
vingt 20 une vingtaine (around twenty)
vingt et un 21
vingt-[deux - neuf] 22-29
trente 30
trente et un 31
trente-[deux - neuf] 32-39
quarante 40
cinquante 50
soixante 60
soixante-dix 70
soixante et onze 71
soixante-[douze - dix-neuf] 72-79
quatre-vingts 80
quatre-vingt-un 81
quatre-vingt-[deux - neuf] 82-89
quatre-vingt-dix 90
quatre-vingt-[onze - dix-neuf] 91-99
cent 100 une centaine (one hundred)
[deux - neuf] cents 200-900
deux cent un 201
neuf cent un 901
mille 1.000 un millier (one thousand)
(un) million 1.000.000
(un) milliard 1.000.000.000
Things of note about numbers:
For 70-79, it builds upon "soixante" but past that it builds upon a combination of terms for 80-99
Only the first (21,31,41,51 and 61, but not 71 nor 81 nor 91) have "et un" without a hyphen; but past
this it is simply both words consecutively (vingt-six, trente-trois, etc) with a hyphen in between.
For 100-199, it looks much like this list already save that "cent" is added before the rest of the
number; this continues up to 1000 and onward.
Many speakers of French outside of France refer to the numbers 70 to 99 in the same pattern as the
other numbers. For instance, in Switzerland and Belgium, seventy is "septante," 71 is "septante et un,"
72 "septante deux," and so on. Ninety is "nonante". In Switzerland, Eighty is "huitante" or "octante".
V: Mathematics
In french, the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division are as follows: Calculez:
a) un plus (plus) un = (égal) deux (the final 's' must be prononced)
b) dix moins (moén) sept = trois
c) quatre fois (foá) trois = douze
d) vingt divisé par (divisê par) dix = deux
Note: You may sometimes use "un plus un font deux".
Exercises
huit plus cinq égal : (treize)
cinq et un égal : (six)
neuf plus huit égal (dix-sept)
trente-deux plus quarante-neuf égal (quatre-vingt-un)
soixante plus vingt égal (quatre-vingts)
cinquante-trois plus douze égal (soixante-cinq)
dix-neuf plus cinquante égal (soixante-neuf)
quarante-sept plus vingt-sept égal (soixante-quatorze)
Soixante-trois plus trente-deux égal (quatre-vingt-quinze)
soixante plus trente-deux égal (quatre-vingt-douze)
D: In school
Toto est un personnage imaginaire qui est un cancre à l'école. Il y a beaucoup d'histoires drôles sur Toto, un
jour je vous en raconterai une!
Toto is an imaginary person that is a dunce at school. There are a lot of funny stories about Toto, one day I
will tell you one of them!
- L'instituteur : Bonjour, les enfants! Aujourd'hui c'est mardi, nous allons réviser la table d'addition.
Combien font huit plus six ?
- Toto : Treize, monsieur !
- L'instituteur : Non Toto tu t'es trompé! Huit plus six égal quatorze. Et combien font cinq plus neuf ?
- Clément : Quatorze !
- L'instituteur : Très bien Clément.
Lesson 0.09 - The Date
V: The days of the week.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •127 kb • help)
The Days of the Week. Les jours de la semaine.
# French Pronunciation English Origin
1 lundi luhndee Monday Moon
2 mardi mahrdee Tuesday Mars
3 mercredi maircruhdee Wednesday Mercury
4 jeudi juhdee Thursday Jupiter
5 vendredi vahndruhdee Friday Venus
6 samedi sahmdee Saturday Saturn
7 dimanche deemahnsh Sunday Dies Domini
Notes:
What day is it today? is equivalent to Quel jour sommes-nous aujourd'hui?, Quel jour est-on
aujourd'hui? or On est quel jour aujourd'hui? (last one is less formal but more common)
Quel jour sommes-nous aujourd'hui? can be answered with Aujourd'hui c'est..., C'est... or Nous
sommes ... / On est...
Nous sommes... is not used with hier, aujourd’hui, or demain. C'était (past) or C'est (present/future)
must be used accordingly.
The days of the week are not capitalized in French.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •67 kb • help)
Asking For The Day Demander le jour
1a Aujourd'hui on est quel jour ? Today is what day? ojzoordwee on ay kell jzoor
1b Aujourd'hui on est [jour]. Today is [day].
2a Demain c'est quel jour ? Tomorrow is what day? Duhman say kell jzoor
2b Demain c'est [jour]. Tomorrow is [day].
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •164 kb • help)
Relative Days Les jours relatifs
avant-hier the day before yesterday
hier yesterday
aujourd'hui today
ce soir tonight
demain tomorrow
après-demain the day after tomorrow
V: The months of the year
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •163 kb • help)
The Months of the Year Les mois de l'année
# French Pronounced English
01 janvier jzahnvyay January
02 février fayvryay February
03 mars mahrse March
04 avril ahvrill April
05 mai maye May
06 juin jzwan June
07 juillet jzuyay July
08 août oot/oo August
09 septembre septahmbruh September
10 octobre oktuhbr October
11 novembre novahmbr November
12 décembre daysahmbr December
The months of the year are not capitalized in French.
For phrases relating to the months of the year, see the phrasebook
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •99 kb • help)
Asking For The Date Demander la date
Quelle est la date
(d'aujourd'hui) ?
What is the date
(today)?
kell ay lah daht
C'est le [#] [month]. It's [month] [#]. say leuh...
V: Seasons
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •142 kb • help)
Seasons Les Saisons
la saison season
le printemps Spring
l'été (m) Summer
l'automne (m) Autumn
l'hiver (m) Winter
Lesson 0.10 - Telling Time
V: Asking for the time
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •164 kb • help)
Asking For The Day, Date, Time Demander le jour/la date/le temps
Asking for the time.
4a Quelle heure est-il ?
What hour/time is it?
kell er ayteel
4b Quelle heure il est ? kell er eel ay
5 Il est [nombre] heure(s). It is [number] hours. eelay [nombre] er
V: Time
In French, “il est” is used to express the time; though it would literally translate as “he is”, it is actually, in
this case, equivalent to “it is” (impersonal "il"). Unlike in English, it is always important to use “heures”
(“hours”) when referring to the time. In English, it is OK to say, “It’s nine,” but this wouldn’t make sense in
French.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •145 kb • help)
Time Le temps
Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it?
Il est une heure. It is one o’clock.
Il est trois heures. It is three o’clock.
Il est dix heures. It is ten o’clock.
Il est midi. It is noon.
Il est minuit. It is midnight.
Il est quatre heures cinq. It is five past four.
Il est quatre heures et quart. It is a quarter past four.
Il est quatre heures moins le quart It is a quarter till 4.
Il est quatre heures quinze. It is four fifteen.
Il est quatre heures et demie. It is half past four.
Il est quatre heures trente. It is four thirty.
Il est cinq heures moins vingt. It is twenty to five.
Il est quatre heures quarante. It is four forty.
V: Times of day
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •183 kb • help)
Times of Day L'heure relatif
le lever du jour
daybreak
lit:the rise of the day
le lever du soleil
sunrise
lit: the rise of the sun
le soleil levant rising sun.
le matin morning
...du matin A.M., lit: of the morning
hier matin yesterday morning
le midi noon, midday
l'après-midi (m) afternoon
le soir evening, in the evening
...du soir P.M. lit: of the evening
la nuit night
le coucher du soleil sunset
D: The Principal
French Dialogue • Print version • audio (info •505 kb • help)
The Principal Le directeur
Daniel
(frappe à la porte : toc toc toc)
(knocks on the door: knock knock knock)
Le directeur
Entrez !
Enter!
Daniel
Bonjour, monsieur le directeur. Est-ce que vous allez bien ?
Hello, Mr. Director. Are you well?
Le directeur
Je vais bien merci. Et vous, comment allez-vous ?
I am well, thank you. And you, how are you?
Daniel
Je vais bien. Je veux vous demander s'il est possible d'organiser
une fête pour mon anniversaire. Je l'organiserais le 3 mars vers 14 h.
I'm well. I want to ask you if it is possible to organize a party for my
birthday. I would organize it the third of March around 02:00 PM.
Le directeur
Et vous voulez l'organiser où ?
And you want to organize it where?
Daniel
Dans la grande salle de réunion au deuxième étage. On en
aurait besoin jusqu'à 16 h, le temps de tout nettoyer.
In the large conference room on the second floor. We would
need it until 04:00 PM, the time of cleaning everything.
Le directeur
Entendu! J' espère que je serais invité ?
Agreed! I hope that I would be invited?
Daniel
Bien sûr ! Merci Beaucoup !
Of course! Thanks a lot!
Le directeur
Au revoir !
Good-bye!
Daniel
Au revoir et encore merci !
Good-bye and thanks again.
Lesson 0 - Review
G: The French alphabet
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •101 kb • help)
The French Alphabet L'alphabet français
Characters
Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii Jj Kk Ll Mm
Pronunciation
ah bay say day euh eff jhay ash ee zhee kah el em
Characters
Nn Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
Pronunciation
enn oh pay ku air ess tay ue vay dubl-vay eeks ee-grehk zedh
In addition, French uses several accents which are worth understanding. These are: à, è, ù, (grave accents)
and é (acute accent). A circumflex applies to all vowels: â, ê, î, ô, û. A tréma (French for dieresis) is also
applied: ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ. Two combined letters are used: æ and œ, and a cedilla is used on the c to make it
sound like an English s: ç.
V: Basic phrases
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •353 kb • help)
Basic Phrases Les expressions de base
bonjour, salut hello (formal), hi (informal)
Comment allez-vous ? (formal),
Comment vas-tu ? (informal),
Comment ça va ? / Ça va ? (informal)
How are you?
ça va (très) bien I'm doing (very) well (lit. It's going (very) well)
merci thank you
et toi ? et vous ? and you? (informal) and you? (formal)
pas mal not bad
bien well
pas si bien/pas très bien not so well
comme ci, comme ça so-so
Désolé(e) I'm sorry.
quoi de neuf ? what's up (about you)? (lit. what's new)
pas grand-chose not much (lit. no big-thing)
au revoir bye (lit. with reseeing, akin to German auf Wiedersehen)
à demain see you tomorrow (lit. at tomorrow)
Au revoir, à demain. Bye, see you tomorrow
V: Numbers
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •337 kb • help)
Numbers Les nombres
un 1 une unité (a unity)
deux 2
trois 3
quatre 4
cinq 5
six 6
sept 7
huit 8
neuf 9
dix 10 une dizaine (one ten)
onze 11
douze 12 une douzaine (one dozen)
treize 13
quatorze 14
quinze 15
seize 16
dix-sept 17
dix-huit 18
dix-neuf 19
vingt 20
vingt et un 21
vingt [deux - neuf] 22-29
trente 30
trente et un 31
trente [deux - neuf] 32-39
quarante 40
cinquante 50
soixante 60
soixante-dix 70
soixante et onze 71
soixante-[douze - dix-neuf] 72-79
quatre-vingts 80
quatre-vingt-un 81
quatre-vingt-[deux - neuf] 82-89
quatre-vingt-dix 90
quatre-vingt-[onze - dix-neuf] 91-99
cent 100 une centaine (one hundred)
[deux - neuf] cents 200-900
deux cent un 201
neuf cent un 901
mille 1.000 un millier (one thousand)
(un) million 1.000.000
(un) milliard 1.000.000.000
(un) billion 1.000.000.000.000
Things of note about numbers:
For 70-79, it builds upon "soixante" but past that it builds upon a combination of terms for 80-99
Only the first (21,31,41,51,61 and 71, but not 81 nor 91) have "et un" without a hyphen; but past this it
is simply both words consecutively (vingt-six, trente-trois, etc) with a hyphen in between.
For 100-199, it looks much like this list already save that "cent" is added before the rest of the
number; this continues up to 1000 and onward.
V: Asking for the day/date/time
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •612 kb • help)
Asking For The Day, Date, Time Demander le jour, la date, le temps
Asking for the day.
1a Quel jour c'est Aujourd'hui ? What day is today ? kell jzoor say ojzoordwee
1b c'est [jour]. Today is [day].
2a Quel jour c'est demain ? What day is tomorrow ? kell jzoor say duhman
2b Demain c'est [jour]. Tomorrow is [day].
Asking for the date.
3a
Quelle est la date
(aujourd'hui) ?
What is the date
(today) ?
kell ay lah daht
3b C'est le [#] [month]. It's [month] [#].
Asking for the time.
4a Quelle heure est-il ?
What hour/time is it ?
kell er ayteel
4b Il est quelle heure ? eel ay kell er
5 Il est [nombre] heure(s). It is [number] hours. eelay [nombre] er
V: Time
In French, “il est” is used to express the time; though it would literally translate as “he is”, it is actually, in
this case, equivalent to “it is” (unpersonal "il"). Unlike in English, it is always important to use “heures”
(“hours”) when referring to the time. In English, it is OK to say, “It’s nine,” but this wouldn’t make sense in
French. The French time system traditionally uses a 24 hour scale. Shorthand for writing times in French
follows the format "17h30", which would represent 5:30PM in English.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •145 kb • help)
Time Le temps
Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it?
Il est une heure. It is one o’clock.
Il est trois heures. It is three o’clock.
Il est dix heures. It is ten o’clock.
Il est midi. It is noon.
Il est minuit. It is midnight.
Il est quatre heures cinq. It is five past four.
Il est quatre heures et quart. It is a quarter past four.
Il est quatre heures quinze. It is four fifteen.
Il est quatre heures et demie. It is half past four.
Il est dix-neuf heures moins le quart. It is a quarter to seven, or six forty-five.
Il est quatre heures trente. It is four thirty.
Il est cinq heures moins vingt. It is twenty to five.
Il est quatre heures quarante. It is four forty.
V: The days of the week.
Les jours de la semaine [lay jzoor duh lah suhmen]
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •420 kb • help)
The Days of the Week. Les jours de la semaine.
# French Pronunciation English Origin
1 lundi luhndee Monday Moon
2 mardi mahrdee Tuesday Mars
3 mercredi maircruhdee Wednesday Mercury
4 jeudi juhdee Thursday Jupiter
5 vendredi vahndruhdee Friday Venus
6 samedi sahmdee Saturday Saturn
7 dimanche deemahnsh Sunday Sun
The days of the week are not capitalized in French.
For phrases relating to the day of the week, see the phrasebook.
Notes:
What day is it today? is equivalent to Quel jour sommes-nous ?.
Quel jour sommes-nous ? can be answered with Nous sommes..., C'est... or On est... (last two are less
formal).
Nous sommes... is not used with hier, aujourd’hui, or demain. C'était (past) or C'est (present/future)
must be used accordingly.
V: The months of the year
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •561 kb • help)
The Months of the Year Les mois de l'année
# French Pron. English
01 janvier jzahnveeyay January
02 février fayvreeyay February
03 mars mahrse March
04 avril ahvrill April
05 mai maye May
06 juin jzwan June
07 juillet jzooeeyay July
08 août oot/oo August
09 septembre septahmbruh September
10 octobre oktuhbruh October
11 novembre novahmbruh November
12 decembre daysahmbruh December
V: Relative date and time
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •883 kb • help)
Relative Date and Time Date et heure relatives
Times of Day
le lever du jour
daybreak
lit:the rise of the day
le lever du soleil
sunrise
lit: the rise of the sun
le soleil levant rising sun.
le matin morning
...du matin A.M., lit: of the mornng
hier matin yesterday morning
le midi noon, midday
l'après-midi (m) afternoon
le soir evening, in the evening
...du soir P.M. lit: of the evening
le coucher du soleil sunset
la nuit night
Relative Days
avant-hier the day before yesterday
hier yesterday
aujourd'hui today
ce soir tonight
demain tomorrow
après-demain the day after tomorrow
V: Seasons
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •142 kb • help)
Seasons Les Saisons
la saison season
le printemps Spring
l'été (m) Summer
l'automne (m) Autumn
l'hiver (m) Winter
D: A conversation between friends
French Dialogue • Print version • audio (upload)
A Coversation Between Friends Une conversation entre amis
Daniel
Bonjour Hervé. Comment vas-tu ?
Hello, Hervé. How are you? [lit: How go you?]
Hervé
Je vais bien, merci. Et toi ça va ?
I'm good,
1
thank you. And you, it goes (fine)?
Daniel
Ça va bien. Est-ce que
2
tu viens à mon anniversaire ? J'organise une petite fête.
It goes well. You're coming to my party? I'm organizing a little party.
Hervé
C'est quand ?
When is it? [lit: It is when?]
Daniel
Le 3 mars à 20h.
March 3rd at 08:00 PM.
Hervé
Le 3 mars, entendu. Tu fais ça chez toi
3
?
March 3rd, agreed. You're having it at your place?
Daniel
Oui c'est chez moi. J'ai invité une vingtaine d'amis. On va danser toute la nuit.
Yes, it's at my place. I have invited (a set of) twenty friends. We
4
are going to dance all night.
Hervé
C'est très gentil de m'inviter, merci. A bientôt.
It's very nice to invite me, thank you. So long.
Daniel
A demain, bonne journée.
Until tomorrow, good day.
1
Bien is an adverb meaning well. Its adjective equivalent is bon(ne), which means good. Since je vais, meaning I go, uses an
action verb, the adverb bien is used. In English, I'm good, which uses the linking verb am, is followed by an adjective rather than
an adverb.
2
Est-ce que... literally means Is is that... and is often used to start questions. This is used in a similar manner to do in English.
Instead of You want it?, one can say Do you want it? Est-ce que... has no real meaning, other than signifying that a question
follows.
3
chez... is a preposition meaning at the house of.... Chez moi is used to say at my place. Chez [name] is used to say at [name's]
place.
4
on can mean we or one.
Lesson 0 - Test
The following test will confirm your progress in the French introduction. Try to answer the questions to the
best of your ability without turning to the previous chapters or consulting the test answers.
Grammar
Verb forms
Name the verb forms for the subject and infinitive specified. (1 point each)
Translating
English to French
Translate the following phrases and sentences into French. (2 points each)
What day is today?1.
How are you?2.
What is your name?3.
French to English
Translate this dialogue between Henri and Jacques into English. Each phrase is worth 1 points. (11 points
total)
Bonjour! Quel est ton nom?1.
Je m'appelle Jacques. Comment vous-appelez vous?2.
Je m'appelle Henri. Comment ça va?3.
Pas mal. Et toi, comment ça va?4.
Trés bien, merci. À demain Jacques!5.
À demain Henri.6.
Reading comprehension
Fill in the blank
Fill in the blanks in these conversations. Note: Every blank is one word. (1 point each)
Vocabulary
Matching
Match the French words with their English definitions. (1 point each)
LEVEL ONE
Level One Lessons Contents
Lesson 1.01 - Basic Grammar
Lesson 1.02 - To Be
Lesson 1.03 - Description
Lesson 1.04 - Family
Lesson 1.05 - Recreation
Lesson 1.06 - The House
Lesson 1.07 - Weather
Lesson 1.08 - Travel
Lesson 1.09 - Art
Lesson 1.10 - Science
If you haven't done so already, spend a few minutes to first read the course's introductory lessons. Once
that's done, you're ready to begin your very first traditional French lesson! After you have completed this
level, you can move on to the next level. Finally, go to the lessons planning page if you would like to help
improve this course.
Allons! - Basic French
01
Leçon 01 :
Grammaire de
base
G: Gender, Articles,
Subject Pronouns
V: People
Lesson 01 : Basic
Grammar
02 Leçon 02 : Être
G: Conjugation, Être
V:
Lesson 02 : To be
03
Leçon 03 : La
description
G: Conjugation, Être,
Adjectives
V: Colors, Numbers
Lesson 03 :
Description
04
Leçon 04 : La
famille
G: Avoir, le, la, and les
V: Family
Lesson 04 :
Family
05
Leçon 05 :
Récréation
G: -er Verbs, lui and
leur
V: Games, Sports,
Places, Playing
Lesson 05 :
Recreation
06
Leçon 06 : La
maison
G: Faire, me, te, nous,
and vous
V: Household,
Housework, Furniture
Lesson 06 : The
House
07
Leçon 07 : Le
temps
G: Negation,
Contractions, Aller
V: Weather
Lesson 07 :
Weather
08
Leçon 08 : Les
voyages
G: -ir Verbs,
Possessive Adjectives
V: Hotels, Directions
Lesson 08 : Travel
09 Leçon 09 : L'art
G: -re Verbs, Beau,
Nouveau, and Vieux
V: Museums, Music,
Plays
Lesson 09 : Art
10
Leçon 10 : La
science
G: Prendre
V: Elements,
Astronomy
Lesson 10 :
Science
Ex L'examen
Chapter test
Chapitre l'examen
Test
Lesson 1.01 - Basic Grammar
G: Gender of nouns
In French, all nouns have a grammatical gender; that is, they are either masculin (m) or feminin (f).
Most nouns that express people or animals have both a masculine and a feminine form. For example, the two
words for "the actor" in French are l'acteur (m) and l'actrice (f). The two words for "the cat" are le chat (m)
and la chatte (f).
However, there are some nouns that talk about people or animals whose gender are fixed, regardless of the
actual gender of the person or animal. For example, la personne (f) (the person) is always feminine, even
when it's talking about your uncle! Le professeur (m) (the professor) is always masculine, even when it's
talking about your female professor/teacher!
The nouns that express things without an obvious gender (e.g., objects and abstract concepts) have only one
form. This form can be masculine or feminine. For example, la voiture (the car) can only be feminine; le
stylo (the pen) can only be masculine.
Unfortunately, there are many exceptions in French which can only be learned. There are even words that
are spelled the same, but have a different meaning when masculine or feminine; for example, le livre (m)
means the book, but la livre (f) means the pound! Some words that appear to be masculine (like le photo,
which is actually short for la photographie) are in fact feminine, and vice versa. Then there are some that
just don't make sense; la foi is feminine and means a belief, whereas le foie means liver. To help overcome
this hurdle which many beginners find very difficult, be sure to learn the genders along with the words.
When you think of a noun in French, think of the noun with its article (le or la). While this may seem
difficult now, it is absolutely essential in la langue française (the French language), as you will see later on!
Here is a chart which depicts some tendencies of French nouns. Eventually, you will be able to guess the
gender of a noun based on tricks like this:
Examples
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •113 kb • help)
Gender of Nouns Genre des Noms
Masculine
Common Endings Used
With Masculine Nouns:
le cheval
[6]
the horse
-age
le fromage
the cheese
le chien the dog
-r
le professeur
[7]
the teacher
le livre the book
-t
le chat
the cat
le bruit the noise
-isme
le capitalisme
capitalism
Feminine
Common Endings Used
With Feminine Nouns:
la colombe the dove
-ie
la boulangerie
the bakery
la chemise the shirt
-ion
la nation
the nation
la maison the house
-ite/-ité
la fraternité
brotherhood
la liberté liberty
-nce
la balance
the scales
-nne
-mme
-lle
la fille
the girl
l’indienne
the Indian
^ Professeur can be shortened to prof (in a familiar context). While the long form, professeur, is always
masculine, even when referring to female teachers, prof can be either masculine or feminine. (le prof - the
(male) teacher) (la prof - the (female) teacher)
'^ In this book, the definite article will come before a noun in vocabulary charts. If the definite article is l
due to elision, (m) will follow a noun to denote a masculine gender and (f) will follow a noun to denote a
feminine gender.
G: Definite and indefinite articles
The definite article
In English, the definite article is always “the”.
Unlike English, the definite article is used to talk about something in a general sense, a general statement or
feeling about an idea or thing.
In French, the definite article is changed depending on the noun's:
Gender1.
Plurality2.
First letter of the word3.
There are three definite articles and an abbreviation. "Le" is used for masculine nouns, "La" is used for
feminine nouns, "Les" is used for plural nouns (both masculine or feminine), and "L' " is used when the
noun begins with a vowel or silent "h" (both masculine or feminine). It is similar to English, where "a"
changes to "an" before a vowel.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •78 kb • help)
The Definite Article L'article défini
singular
feminine la la fille the daughter
masculine le
le fils
[8]
the son
singular, starting with a vowel sound l’ l’enfant the child
plural les
les filles the daughters
les fils the sons
les enfants the children
Plurality, pronunciation, and exceptions
The plural of most nouns is formed by adding an -s. However, the -s ending is not pronounced. It is the
article that tells the listener whether the noun is singular or plural.
^ Fils: Most singular nouns do not end in -s. The -s is added for the plural form of the noun. Fils is one
exception. Whenever the singular form of a noun ends in -s, there is no change in the plural form.
le fils
the son
les fils
the sons
un fils
a son
des fils
(some) sons
le cours
the course
les cours
the courses
un cours
a course
des cours
(some) courses
Secondly, the final consonant is almost always not pronounced unless followed by an -e (or another vowel).
Fils (pronounced feece) is also an exception to this rule.
Elision
Elision refers to the suppression of a final unstressed vowel immediately before another word beginning
with a vowel. The definite articles le and la are shortened to l’ when they come before a noun that begins
with a vowel or silent h. When pronounced, the vowel sound is dropped.
(le) ami - l'ami - lahmee - the (male) friend
(la) amie - l'amie - lahmee the (female) friend
(le) élève - l'élève - lay lev - the student
(la) heure - l'heure - leur - the hour/the time
Elision does not occur on an aspired h:
(le) héros - le héros - a legendary hero
In addition to the definite article, elision will also occur with other words, such as que, je, le, ce, ne, and de.
The details on these words will be covered in later sections of the book.
The indefinite article
In English, the indefinite articles are "a" and "an". "Some" is used as a plural article in English.
Again, indefinite articles in French take different forms depending on gender and plurality. The articles "Un"
and "une" literally mean "one" in French.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •55 kb • help)
The Indefinite Article L'article indéfini
singular
feminine une oon une fille a daughter
masculine un uh un fils a son
plural des day
des filles some daughters
des fils
1
some sons
1
"des fils" does mean "some sons" but is a homograph: it can also mean "some threads" (when pronounced
like "fill")
Liaison
Remember that the last consonant of a word is typically not pronounced unless followed by a vowel. When a
word ending in a consonant is followed by a word beginning with a vowel sound (or silent h), the consonant
often becomes pronounced. This is a process called liaison. When a vowel goes directly after un, the
normally unpronounced n sound becomes pronounced.
(un) ami - un
n
ami (uhnahmee) - a (male) friend
(un) élève - un
n
élève (uhnay lev) - a student
Compare the pronunciation to words without liaison:
un garçon (uh gehrsoh)
Une is unaffected by liaison.
Liaison also occurs with les and des.
(les) amis - les
z
amis (layzahmee) - (some) (male) friends
(des) amis - des
z
amis (dayzahmee) - (some) (male) friends
(des) amies - des
z
amies (dayzahmee) - (some) (female) friends
In this book, you will see liaison denoted with
n
or
z
between two words.
As with elision, an aspired h isn't liaised.
(les) hangars - les hangars
"Some"
Note that des, like les, is used in French before plural nouns when no article is used in English. For example,
you are looking at photographs in an album. The English statement "I am looking at photographs." cannot be
translated to French as "Je regarde photographies" because an article is required to tell which photographs
are being looked at. If it is a set of specific pictures, the French statement should be "Je regarde les
photographies." ("I am looking at the photographs.") . On the other hand, if the person is just randomly
browsing the album, the French translation is "Je regarde des photographies." ("I am looking at some
photographs.")
V: People
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •679 kb • help)
People Les personnes
la personne person pehr son
Gender and Age
l'homme (m) man ohm
la femme woman fehm
le garçon boy gehrsoh
la fille girl fee
la fillette little girl fee yet
Friends
l'ami (m)
le copain
male friend
ahmee
co pahn
l'amie (f)
la copine
female friend
ahmee
co peen
V: Expressions
Qu’est-ce que c’est?
To say What is it? or What is that? in French, Qu’est-ce que c’est? (pronounced kehss keuh say) is used.
Qu’est-ce que c’est ? - What is it?
Literally, Qu’est-ce que c’est? translates to What is it that it is? You will be using Qu'est-ce que...? often to
say What...? at the beginning of sentences.
To respond to this question, you say C’est un(e) [nom]., meaning It is a [noun].
C'est un livre. - It's a book.
C'est un chien. - It's a dog.
Remember that the indefinite article (un or une) must agree with the noun it modifies.
C'est une chemise. - It's a shirt.
Check for understanding - Qu’est-ce que c’est?
Respond according to the pictures.
Il y a and voici/voilà
Il y a (pronounced eel ee ah) is used to say there is or there are. Il y a expresses the existence of the noun it
introduces.
Il y a une pomme. - There is an apple.
The phrase is used for both singular and plural nouns. Unlike in English (is => are), il y a does not change
form.
Il y a des pommes. - There are (some) apples.
The -s at the end of the most pluralised nouns tells you that the phrase is there are instead of there is. In
spoken French, when both the singular and plural forms almost always sound the same, the article (and
perhaps other adjectives modifying the noun) is used to distinguish between singular and plural versions.
You will soon learn that a is the present third person singular form of avoir, the verb meaing to have, and
that y is a pronoun meaning there. The phrase il y a, then, literally translates to he has there. You will see
this phrase used in all French tenses. It is important to remember that verb stays as a form of have and not
be.
Like in English, il y a... is not often used to point out an object. To point out an object to the listener, use
voici ("over here is/are" or "right here is/are") and voilà ("over there is/are").
une pomme
une poire
un chaton (un chat)
un chien
Lesson 1.02 - To Be
D: Where are you from?
French Dialogue • Print version • audio (info •226 kb • help)
Where are you from? Tu es d’où?
Quentin
Bonjour, Léon. Dis donc, tu es d’où?
Léon
Je suis de Paris, Quentin.
Quentin
Alors, tu es français?
Léon
Oui, exactement.
Quentin
Et Marie, elle est d’où?
Léon
Elle est de Marseille. Elle est française, aussi.
Quentin
Merci, Léon. Au revoir.
G: Subject pronouns
French has six different types of pronouns: the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person singular and the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
person plural.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •61 kb • help)
Subject Pronouns Les pronoms soumis
1st person
singular
je
I
plural
nous
we
2nd person
singular
tu
you
plural
vous
you
3rd person
singular
il, elle, on
he, she, one
plural
ils, elles
they (masculine)
they (feminine)
When referring to more than one person in the 2nd person, “vous” must be used. When referring to a single
person, “vous” or “tu” may be used depending on the situation; see notes in the introductory lessons.
The pronoun it does not exist in French. Il replaces all masculine nouns, even those that are not human. The
same is true with elle and feminine nouns.
In addition to the nuances between vous and tu, as discussed earlier, French pronouns carry meanings that do
not exist in English pronouns. The French third person "on" has several meanings, but most closely matches
the now archaic English "one". While in English, "One must be very careful in French grammar" sounds
old-fashioned, the French equivalent "On doit faire très attention à la grammaire française" is quite
acceptable. Also, while the third person plural "they" has no gender in English, the French equivalents "ils"
and "elles" do. However, when pronounced, they normally sound the same as "il" and "elle", so
distinguishing the difference requires understanding of the various conjugations of the verbs following the
pronoun. Also, if a group of people consists of both males and females, the male form is used, even with a
majority of females — however, this sensibly yields to overwhelming majority: given a group of only one
male to thousands of females, the female form would be used.
In everyday language, “on” is used, instead of “nous”, to express “we”; the verb is always used in the 3rd
person singular. For example, to say "We (are) meeting at 7 o'clock", you could say either “On se rencontre
au cinéma à sept heures.” (colloquial) or “Nous nous rencontrons au cinéma à sept heures.” (formal) (there
are two words "nous"). For more, see the Wikipedia entry.
G: Introduction to Verbs
A verb is a word that describes an action or mental or physical state.
Tenses and Moods
French verbs can be formed in four moods, each of which express a unique feeling. Each mood has a
varying number of tenses, which indicate the time when an action takes place. The conjugations in the
present tense of the indicative mood, the present indicative, is discussed in the next section. There is one
conjugation for each of the six subject pronouns.
Infinitives
The infinitive form is the basic form of a verb. It does not refer to a particular tense, person or subject. In
this book, the infinitive form of the verb is used to identify it. In English, the infinitive form is to ___. In
French, the infinitive is one word. For example, parler translates to to speak, finir translates to to finish, and
aller translates to to go.
Conjugation
French verbs conjugate, which means they take different shapes depending on the subject. English verbs
only have one conjugation; that is the third person singular (I see, you see, he/she sees, we see, they see).
The only exception is the verb "to be" (I am; (thou art); you are; he/she is; we are; they are;). Most French
verbs will conjugate into many different forms. Most verbs are regular, which means that they conjugate in
the same way. The most common verbs, however, are irregular.
G: Être - To Be
Être translates as to be in English. As in most languages, it is an irregular verb, and is not conjugated like
any other verb.
Formation
French Verb • Print version • audio (info •103 kb • help)
être to be
Singular Plural
first person je suis
jeuh swee I am
nous sommes
noo sum we are
second person tu es
too ay you are
vous êtes
voozett you are
third person
il est
eel ay he is
ils sont
eelsohn
they are
(masc. or mixed)
elle est
ell ay she is
on est
ohn ay one is
elles sont
ellsohn they are (fem.)
Examples
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •87 kb • help)
To Be Examples Exemples d'Être
Je suis avocat. I am (a) lawyer. jzeuh sweez ah voh cah
Tu es à la banque. You are at the bank. too ay ah lah bahnk
Il est beau. He is handsome. eel ay boh
Try to learn all these conjugations. They will become very useful in forming tenses.
Idioms
Ça y est! - I've done it! Finished!
J'y suis! - I get it!
Vous y êtes? - Are you ready?
Expressing Agreement
Tu es d’accord ou pas?, Tu es d’accord? (lit: You are of agreement?), or simply D'accord? is used
informally to ask whether someone agrees with you.
To respond positively, you say Oui, je suis d'accord. or simply D'accord. D'accord corresponds to the
English okay.
G: Cities and Nationalities
To say what city you are from, you use the preposition de.
Il est de Paris.
When stating your nationality or job, it is not necessary to include the article. This is an exception to the
normal rule.
Je suis Australien(ne). - I am [an] Australian.
There is both a masculine and feminine form of saying your nationality - for males and females respectively.
Il est Australien. - He is [an] Australian.
Elle est Australienne. - She is [an] Australian.
In the next lesson, you will learn how to say the nationality of more than one person.
Check for understanding
Please use the the nationalities list to find out what your nationality is in French. Then say what city you are
from and what nationality you are. Then say what nationality some of your friends are, and what city they are
from. For example, Marie est italienne. Elle est de Rome.
Lesson 1.03 - Description
G: Adjectives - Les adjectifs
Main article: French/Grammar/Adjectives
Just like articles, French adjectives also have to match the nouns that they modify in gender and plurality.
Regular Formation
Most adjective changes occur in the following manner:
Feminine: add an -e to the masculine form
un garçon intéressant --> une fille intéressante
un ami amusant --> une amie amusante
un camion lent --> une voiture lente
Plural: add an -s to the singular form
un garçon intéressant --> des garçons intéressants
une fille intéressante --> des filles intéressantes
Pronunciation
Generally, the final consonant is pronounced only when it comes before an -e. Most adjectives, such as those
above, are affected by this rule.
Masculine Pronunciation: intéressan, amusan, len
Feminine Pronunciation: intéressant, amusant, lent
With plural adjectives, the -s ending is not pronounced, so the adjective will sound exactly the same as the
singular form.
Exceptions and Irregularities
Adjectives that end in e in the masculine form do not change in gender. When an adjective, such as gros,
ends in -s, it does not change in the masculine plural form. Sometimes the final consonant is doubled in the
feminine form. See French/Grammar/Adjectives for more.
V: Describing People
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •1636 kb • help)
Describing People Décrire des personnes
Masculine Singular Feminine Singular Masculine Plural Feminine Plural
size and weight
Il est petit.
Elle est petite. Ils sont petits. Elles sont petites.
Il est moyen.
Elle est moyenne. Ils sont moyens. Elles sont moyennes.
Il est grand.
Elle est grande. Ils sont grands. Elles sont grandes.
Il est gros.
Elle est grosse.
Ils sont gros.
Elles sont grosses.
hair color
Il est blond.
Elle est blonde. Ils sont blonds. Elles sont blondes.
Il est brun.
Elle est brune. Ils sont bruns. Elles sont brunes.
attitude and personality
Il est intelligent.
Elle est intelligente. Ils sont intelligents. Elles sont intelligentes.
Il est intéressant.
Elle est intéressante. Ils sont intéressants. Elles sont intéressantes.
Il est amusant.
Elle est amusante. Ils sont amusants. Elles sont amusantes.
V: Common Adjectives
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •1018 kb • help)
Common Adjectives Les adjectifs communs
Attitude and Personality Size and Weight
sympa(thique)(s) nice gros(se)(ses) fat
amusant(e)(s) funny petit(e)(s) small
intelligent(e)(s) intelligent moyen(ne)(s) average
intéressant(e)(s) interesting grand(e)(s) tall,big
patient(e)(s) patient
sociable(s) sociable
Actions
timide(s) timid bon(ne)(s) good
dynamique(s) outgoing mauvais(e)(s) bad
gentil(le)(s) nice, gentle
Difficulty
strict(e)(s) strict facile(s) easy
fort(e)(s) strong difficile(s) difficult
V: Colors
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •160 kb • help)
Colors Les couleurs
Masculine Feminine English
blanc blanche white
gris grise gray
noir noire black
rouge rouge red
orange orange orange
jaune jaune yellow
vert verte green
bleu bleue blue
violet violette violet
marron marron brown (everything but hair)
brun brune brown (hair - dark haired)
rose rose pink
safran safranne saffron
G: Adverbs Expressing Degree
assez - rather, enough
Il est assez intelligent. - He is rather intelligent.
très - very
Il est très
z
intelligent.
[9]
- He is very intelligent.
vraiment - truly, really
Il est vraiment intelligent. - He is really intelligent.
^ In this book, liaison is shown that the sound is connected using
z
or some letter. See also
French/Lessons/Basic_grammar#Liaison.
Lesson 1.04 - Family
G: The verb avoir
"Avoir" can be translated as "to have".
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (100 kb • help)
avoir to have
Singular Plural
first person j'ai
jay I have
nous
z
avons
noozahvoh
n
we have
second person tu as
too ah you have
vous
z
avez
voozahvay you have
third person
il a
eel ah he has
ils
z
ont
eelzohn
t
they have
(masc. or mixed)
elle a
ell ah she has
on
n
a
ohnah one has
elles
z
ont
ellzohn
t
they have (fem.)
Examples
J'ai deux stylos. I have two pens.
Tu as trois frères. You have three brothers.
Il a une idée. He has an idea.
Expressing Age
Avoir is used to express age.
Tu as quel âge? - How old are you? [lit: You have what age?]
J'ai trente ans. - I'm thirty (years old). [lit: I have thirty years]
There is/are - Il y a
The expression il y a means there is or there are.
Il y a un livre. - There is a book.
Il y a des livres. - There are books.
V: The Family
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •1245 kb • help)
The Family La Famille
Immediate Family Extended Family
ma famille my family ma famille éloignée my extended family
les parents parents les grand-parents grandparents
la mère mother la grand-mère grandmother
le père father le grand-père grandfather
la femme wife les petits-enfants grandchildren
le mari husband le petit-fils grandson
la soeur sister la petite-fille granddaughter
le frère brother l'oncle, tonton uncle
l'enfant child (m or f) la tante, tati aunt
les enfants children le neveu nephew
la fille daughter la nièce niece
le fils son le/la cousin(e) cousin (m or f)
Step Family
la belle-mère stepmother la demi-soeur half sister
le beau-père stepfather le demi-frère half brother
To speak about more complex family relations, such as "my grandmother's cousin", you must use the de
mon/ma/mes form - "le cousin de ma grandmère".
G: Direct Object Pronouns le, la, and les
le, la, and les are called direct object pronouns, because they are pronouns that are, you guessed it, used as
direct objects. A direct object is a noun that is acted upon by a verb.
Il lance la balle. - He throws the ball.
In the above sentence la balle is the direct object.
You have learned earlier that names and regular nouns can be replaced by the subject or nominative
pronouns "I, you, he..." (je, tu, il...). Similary, direct objects, such as "la balle", can be replaced by pronouns.
These are a different set of pronouns (accusative). As in English, you would say "She gave him," and not
"Her gave he." He/she are subjects used in the nominative case, while him/her are direct objects used in the
accusative case.
le - replaces a masculine singular direct object
la - replaces a feminine singular direct object
l' - replaces le and la if they come before a vowel
les - replaces plural direct objects, both masculine and feminine
The direct object pronouns come before the verb they are linked to.
Il la lance. - He throws it.
Il les lance. - He throws them.
Le, la, and les can replace either people or inanimate objects.
Lesson 1.05 - Recreation
G: Regular -er Verbs
Formation
Most French verbs fall into the category of -er verbs. To conjugate, drop the -er to find the "stem" or "root".
Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense.
jouer - to play
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •184 kb • help)
-er Verb Formation Formation de verbes en -er
pronoun ending verb
je -e
joue
tu -es
joues
il/elle -e
joue
nous -ons
jouons
vous -ez
jouez
ils/elles -ent
jouent
Elision and Liaison
In all conjugations, je changes to j ' when followed by a vowel or silent h. Example: J'attends, J'habite.... If a
phrase is negative, ne changes to n'.
In all plural forms, the s at the end of each subject pronoun, normally unpronounced, becomes a z sound and
the n of on becomes pronounced when followed by a vowel.
Common -er Verbs
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Formation of Common -er Verbs Formation des verbes communs en -er
Infinitive Stem Present Indicative Conjugation
First Person Second Person Third Person
parler parl
Je parle Tu parles Il parle
Singular
to speak Nous parlons Vous parlez Ils parlent
Plural
habiter habit
J'habite Tu habites Il habite
Singular
to live Nous habitons Vous habitez Ils habitent
Plural
écouter écout
J'écoute Tu écoutes Il écoute
Singular
to listen Nous écoutons Vous écoutez Ils écoutent
Plural
S'amuser
Main article: French/Grammar/Verbs/Pronominal
The verb s'amuser means to have fun in English. It is a type of pronominal verb (a verb that includes a
pronoun as part of it) called a reflexive verb, which means that the action of the verb is reflected back onto
the subject. Literally translated, the verb means To amuse oneself.
Formation
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Formation of Common -er Verbs Formation des verbes communs en -er
Infinitive Stem Present Indicative Conjugation
First Person Second Person Third Person
s'amuser amus
Je m'amuse Tu t'amuses Il s'amuse
Singular
to have fun Nous nous amusons Vous vous amusez Ils s'amusent
Plural
Conjugated Verb + Infinitive
Like in English, some verbs can be followed by infinitives. The most common -er verbs used in this manner
are aimer and détester.
J'aime parler. - I like to talk.
Nous détestons travailler. - We hate working.
When negating a sentence, remember that the negative goes around the conjugated verb.
Je n'aime pas parler. - I don't like to speak.
D: Recreation
Here is a short dialog about people planning/doing leisure activities. Besides the new vocabulary you should
also have a look at how the verbs are conjugated depending on the subject of the sentence.
Jean-Paul : Qu'est-ce que vous faites ?
Marc et Paul : Nous jouons au tennis.
Marie : Je finis mes devoirs.
Michel : J'attends mon amie.
Pierre : Je vais au parc.
Christophe : Je viens du stade.
V: Recreation
Qu'est-ce que vous faites? What are you doing?
jouer to play
finir
[10]
to finish
attendre
[11]
to wait (for)
aimer to like
détester to hate
(mon) ami(e)
[12]
(my) friend
^ Finir and attendre are not -er verbs. You will learn their conjugation in a later lesson.
^ Mon is often substituted for ma when the following word begins with a vowel. Thus, mon amie is used
instead of ma amie, while ma bonne amie would be okay.
V: Places
la bibliothèque
library
1
le parc park
la piscine swimming pool
la plage beach
le restaurant restaurant
salle de concert concert hall
le stade stadium
le théâtre theater
1
Caution: a librairie is a bookshop.
G: Indirect Object Pronouns lui and leur
Indirect objects are prepositional phrases with the object of the preposition, a direct object is a noun that
receives the action of a verb.
Il jette la balle à Jacques. - He throws the ball to Jack.
Il jette la balle à Marie. - He throws the ball to Mary.
Il jette la balle à Jacques et Marie. - He throws the ball to Jack and Mary.
Lui and leur are indirect object pronouns. They replace nouns referring to people and mean to him/her and to
them respectively.
lui - replaces a singular masculine or feminine indirect object referring to a human
leur - replaces a plural masculine or feminine indirect object referring to a human
An example follows:
Il lui jette la balle. - He throws the ball to him.
Il lui jette la balle. - He throws the ball to her.
Il leur jette la balle. - He throws the ball to them.
Whether lui means to him or to her is given by context.
In English, "He throws him the ball" is also said, and means the same thing.
When used with the direct object pronouns le, la, and les, lui and leur come after those pronouns.
Il la lui jette. - He throws it to him.
Note that while le, la, and les are used to replace people or inanimate objects, lui and leur are not used to
replace innanimate objects and things.
Also note that unlike le and la, which are shortened to l' when followed by a vowel, lui is never shortened
V: Jouer
The verb jouer is a regular -er verb meaning to play. It can be used to refer to both sports and instruments.
When referring to sports, use jouer à, but when referring to instruments, use jouer de...
As always, jouer must be conjugated rather than left in the infinitive.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Play Jouer
jouer à... jouer de...
au baseball baseball de la clarinette clarinet
au basket basketball du piano piano
au football soccer; football de la guitare guitar
au football américain American football du violon violin
au golf golf de la batterie
drums
(singular
in French)
au tennis tennis
au volley volleyball
aux cartes cards
aux dames checkers/ draughts
aux échecs chess
Lesson 1.06 - The House
V: The House
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
The House La maison
General Actions
la rue
[13]
street arriver (à la maison) to arrive (home)
la (belle) vue (beautiful) sight, view rentrer (à la maison) to go back home
(tout) près (de)
(pas) (tout) loin (de)
(very) close (to)
(not) (very) far (from)
quitter (la maison)
[14]
quitter (une salle)
to leave (home)
to leave (a room)
chez [person]
at the house of [person]
at [person]'s house
donner sur la rue
donner sur la cour
to overlook the street
to overlook the courtyard
Houses
habiter to live (somewhere)
la maison
la maisonnette
le pavillon
house, home
small house
individual house
habiter en ville
habiter en banlieue
to live downtown
to live in the suburb
l'immeuble (m) (apartment) building
Floors
l'appartement (m) flat/apartment l'étage (m) level
le studio studio le rez-de-chaussée lobby, ground floor
H.L.M.
(Habitations à
Loyer Modéré)
low income housing
le premier étage
le deuxième étage
le troisième étage
second floor
third floor
fourth floor
Cities and Neigbhorhoods
le quartier neighborhood le centre ville downtown
l'arrondissement (m) district la ville city
la banlieue the suburb le village town
Rooms Parts of a Room
la pièce
la chambre
room le plafond ceiling
la salle de séjour family room le sol ground
la cave basement la fenêtre window
le grenier attic le mur wall
la cuisine kitchen le toit roof
la salle à manger dining room
Entering and Exiting
la salle de bains bathroom l'escalier (m) stairs
la chambre à coucher bedroom monter à pied to walk up stairs
le garage Garage l'ascenseur (m) elevator/lift
les toilettes
(f) (no singular)
water-closet, restroom
(only toliet, no bath)
monter en ascenseur
prendre l'ascenseur
to go up by elevator
to take the elevator
le bureau office monter à pied to go up by foot
Outside a House
la porte door
la voiture car l'entrée (f) entry(way)
la terrasse patio
Furniture
le balcon balcony le rideau curtain
le jardin garden la chaise chair
la fleur flower la table table
l'arbre (m) tree l'armoire (f) cupboard
la cour courtyard le lit bed
le (la) voisin(e) neighbor le tapis carpet
le fauteuil armchair
^ To express to live on ____ street, you say habiter rue ____
J'habite Rue Lecourbe. - I live on Lecourbe Street.
Il habite Rue de Rennes. - He lives on Rennes Street.
^ Quitter must be followed by a direct object, usually a room or building.. Partir is used in other phrases.
You will learn how to conjugate these verbs in a future lesson.
G: Faire
The verb faire is translated to to do or to make. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -re
verb).
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (432 kb • help)
faire to do, to make
Singular Plural
first person je fais
jeuh fay I do
nous faisons
noo fezoh
n
we do
second person tu fais
too fay you do
vous faites
voo feht you do
third person
il fait
eel fay he does
ils font
eel fohn
t
they do
(masc. or mixed)
elle fait
ell fay she does
on fait
oh fay one does
elles font
ell fohn
t
they do (fem.)
Uses For Faire
sports (in French you do sports rather than play them)
weather
tasks
le faire causatif
faire (conjugated) + infinitive - to have something done for oneself
Je fais réparer le fourneau. - I make/have the stove repaired.
Related Words
défaire - to demolish
malfaire - to do badly
refaire - to remake
Expressions with Faire
faire attention - to pay attention
faire connaissance - to get acquainted
faire la morale - to scold
faire la queue - to wait in line
s'en faire - to worry
V: Housework
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •524 kb • help)
Housework Le ménage
faire la cuisine to do the cooking
faire la lessive/le linge to do the laundry
faire le jardin to do the gardening
faire le lit to make the bed
faire le ménage to do the housework
faire la vaisselle to do the dishes
faire les carreaux to do the windows
faire les courses to do the shopping/errands
faire le repassage to do the ironing
G: me, te, nous, and vous
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns
Meanings
me - me, to me
te - you, to you (singular, informal)
nous - us, to us
vous - you, to you (plural, formal)
Place in sentences
These pronouns are placed before the verb that they modify
Je te vois. - I see you.
Je veux te voir. - I want to see you.
If a perfect tense is used, these pronouns go before the auxiliary verb.
Je t'ai vu. - I saw you.
Direct Object Replacement
Il me voit. - He sees me.
Il te voit. - He sees you.
Il nous voit. - He sees us.
Il vous voit. - He sees you.
Indirect Object Replacement
Il me l'appelle. - He calls to me.
Il te le jette. - He throws it to you.
Il nous le jette. - He throws it to us.
Il vous le jette. - He throws it to you.
Exercises
Try to describe your house or bedroom using the vocabulary. Don't forget prepositions.
You may also wish to talk about what housework you do.
Chez moi
J'habite une villa à Mornant, à côté de
[15]
Lyon en France. Ma maison a deux chambres : la première pour
moi et ma femme avec un grand lit. La deuxième est plus petite : c'est la chambre de mon fils. Nous avons
aussi un bureau avec trois ordinateurs
[16]
: un par personne ! La salle de séjour est très grande et à coté, il y a
un petit salon. Nous aimons regarder
[17]
la télévision allongés dans le fauteuil. La cuisine est toute petite et
nous y
[18]
mangeons
[19]
le soir. Il y a une petite table et quatre chaises. La maison est de plein pied et ne
comporte pas d'étage. Le jardin est assez grand et nous y faisons pousser des fleurs.
^ à côté de - at the side of, next to ^ l'ordinateur (m) - computer ^ aimer regarder - to like to watch
^ y (ee) - there ^ manger - to eat
Lesson 1.07 - Weather
G: Standard Negation
In order to say that one did not do something, the ne ... pas construction must be used. The ne is placed
before the verb, while the pas is placed after.
Formation and Rules
Simple negation is done by wrapping ne...pas around the verb.
Je ne vole pas. - I do not steal.
In a perfect tense, ne...pas wraps around the auxillary verb, not the participle.
Je n'ai pas volé. - I have not stolen.
When an infinitive and conjugated verb are together, ne...pas usually wraps around the conjugated
verb.
Je ne veux pas voler. - I do not want to steal.
ne pas can also go directly in front of the infinitive for a different meaning.
Je veux ne pas voler. - I want not to steal.
ne goes before any pronoun relating to the verb it affects.
Je ne le vole pas. - I am not stealing it.
Examples
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •262 kb • help)
Negation Formation Examples Exemples de formation de négation
Il est avocat.
Il n'est pas avocat.
He is [a] lawyer.
He is not [a] lawyer.
Nous faisons nos devoirs.
Nous ne faisons pas nos devoirs.
We are doing our homework.
We are not doing our homework.
Je joue du piano.
Je ne joue pas du piano.
I play the piano.
I do not play the piano.
Vous vendez votre voiture.
Vous ne vendez pas votre voiture.
You sell your car.
You do not sell your car.
Negation of Indefinite Articles
The indefinite articles un, une, and des change to de (or d’) when negating a sentence.
J'ai un livre. - I have a book.
Je n'ai pas de livre. - I don't have any book.
J'ai des livres. - I have some books.
Je n'ai pas de livres. - I don't have any books.
Examples
Il est belge..
Il n'est pas belge.
He is Belgian.
He is not Belgian.
Nous lisons un livre.
Nous ne lisons pas de livre.
We read a book.
We do not read a book.
Je mange une cerise.
Je ne mange pas de cerise.
I eat a cherry.
I do not eat a cherry.
G: Contractions
Contractions have been discussed previously in the form of elision. They are a combination of two or more
consecutive words that have been integrated into the language, for example, aujourd'hui.
A common contraction occurs with the words à (at) and de (from), when combined with the definite
pronouns le and les. The definite pronoun la remains in full form.
à + le = au
à + les = aux
de + le = du
de + les = des
The contractions do not occur with the la, or with any contracted pronoun:
à + la = à la
à + l' = à l'
de + la = de la
de + l' = de l'
V: Weather - Le temps
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Weather Le temps
[20]
General Cloudy Weather
le soleil sun
le nuage
Il y a des nuages.
cloud
It's cloudy.
lit: There are some clouds.
le ciel sky nuageux(-euse) cloudy
couvert(e)(s) overcast, lit: covered
Warm Weather
l'éclaircie (f) clearing, break (in clouds)
Il fait beau It's nice.
Cold and Windy Weather
Il fait chaud. It's warm. Il fait froid. It's cold.
Le ciel est dégagé.
Le ciel se dégage.
The sky is clear.
lit: The sky is freed.
The sky is clearing up.
le vent
Il fait du vent.
Le vent souffle.
wind
It's windy.
The wind blows.
Le soleil brille. The sun is shining. la rafale gust of wind
Rainy Weather Snowy Weather
la brume fog, haze, mist l'hiver (m) winter
le brouillard fog
la neige
Il neige.
snow
It's snowing.
la bruine drizzle
la grêle
Il tombe de la grêle.
hail
It's hailing.
lit: It falls of the hail.
une goutte de pluie a drop of rain
Extreme weather
la pluie
La pluie tombe.
rain
The rain falls.
un orage
orageux(-euse)
Il y a un orage!
a storm
stormy
There's a storm!
Il pleut.
il a plu.
Il va pleuvoir.
It's raining.
It rained.
It's going to rain.
l'éclair (m)
la foudre
flash (of lightning)
lightning
pluvieux(-euse)
Le temps est pluvieux.
rainy
It's raining.
lit: The weather is rainy.
la tempête storm, tempest
de gros nuages noirs. large black clouds agité(e)(s) stormy, agitated
l'averse (f) downpour le tonnerre thunder
^ Le temps means both the weather and the time.
G: Aller
The verb aller is translated to to go. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -er verb).
Formation
In the present indicative, aller is conjugated as follows:
French Verb • Print version • audio (info •327 kb • help)
aller to go
Singular Plural
first person je vais
jeuh vay I go
nous
z
allons
nouzah lohn we go
second person tu vas
too vah you go
vous
z
allez
vouzah lay you go
third person
il va
eel vah he goes
ils vont
eel vohn
they go
(masc. or mixed)
elle va
ell vah she goes
on va
ohn vah one goes
elles vont
ell vohn they go (fem.)
Usage
There is no present progressive tense in French, so aller in the present indicative is used to express both I go
and I am going.
Aller must be used with a place and cannot stand alone.
The preposition à, meaning in, at, or to, is used, followed by the place.
Tu vas à l'école? - You're going to school.
Remember that à le contracts to au and à les contracts to aux.
Je vais au stade. - I'm going to the stadium.
Instead of a preposition and place, you can use the pronoun y, meaning there. Y comes before the verb.
Remember that aller must be used with a place (there or a name) when indicating that you are going
somewhere, even if a place wouldn't normally be given in English.
J'y vais. - I'm going there.
Tu y vas. - You're going there.
Nous y allons. - We're going there.
The negative form of aller with the y pronoun has both the verb and pronoun enclosed between ne and pas.
Il n'y va pas. - He's not going there.
Futur Proche
The structure aller + infinitive is used to say that something is going to happen in the near future.
Il va pleuvoir demain. - It's going to rain tomorrow.
Il va faire froid. - It's going to be cold.
Remember that the negative goes around the conjugated verb.
Il ne va pas pleuvoir demain. - It's not going to rain tomorrow.
Idioms
Allons-y - ahlonzee - Let's go! (impératif)
Ça va? - How are you? (lit: It goes?)
On y va! - Let's get going!
On y va? - Should we go?
Liaison
Usually, whenever a vowel sound comes after ...ons or ...ez, the usually unpronounced s and z change to a
sharp z sound and link to the next syllable. (This process is called liaison.) However, since allons and allez
begins with vowels, nous allons is pronounced nyoozahloh and vous allez is pronounced voozahlay. In order
to have a pleasing and clean sound, two liaisons should not go consecutively. There is therefore no liaison in
allons à when it comes right after nous and allez à when it comes after vous.
In the phrase Vous allez à l'école?, vous allez à is pronounced vouzahlay ah.
In the phrase vous et Marie allez à l'école?", allez à is pronounced ahlayzah.
Lesson 1.08 - Travel
G: Regular -ir Verbs
The second category of regular French verbs is -ir verbs. To conjugate, drop the -ir to find the "stem" or
"root". Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense.
finir - to finish
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
-ir Verb Formation Formation des verbes en -ir
pronoun ending verb
je -is
finis
tu -is
finis
il/elle -it
finit
nous -issons
finissons
vous -issez
finissez
ils/elles -issent
finissent
G: Possessive Adjectives
Formation
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Possessive Adjectives Les adjectifs possessifs
First Person Second Person Third Person
Singular
mon, ma, mes my ton, ta, tes your son, sa, ses his, her
Plural
notre, notre, nos our votre, votre, vos your leur, leur, leurs their
Usage
As you can probably tell from their name, possessive adjective are used to express possession of an object.
C'est mon livre. - It's my book.
In English the possessive adjective agrees with the subject (his sister, her brother). But in French, possessive
adjectives act like all other adjectives: they must agree with the noun they modify.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Possesive Adjective Usage Utilisation des adjectifs possessifs
Masculine Noun
le livre
Feminine Noun
la voiture
le livre de Marc
the book of Marc
son livre
his book
la voiture de Marc
the car of Marc
sa voiture
his car
les livres de Marc
the books of Marc
ses livres
his books
les voitures de Marc
the cars of Marc
ses voitures
his cars
le livre de Marie
the book of Marie
son livre
her book
la voiture de Marie
the car of Marie
sa voiture
her car
les livres de Marie
the books of Marie
ses livres
her books
les voitures de Marie
the cars of Marie
ses voitures
her cars
Whether the third person singular possessive adjectives son, sa and ses are his or her is indicated by context.
Elle lit son livre. - She reads her book.
Liaison and Adjective Changes
Liaison occurs when mon, ton, and son are followed by a vowel.
Il est mon
n
ami. - He is my friend.
Il est ton
n
ami. - He is your friend.
Il est son
n
ami. - He is his/her friend.
Liaison also occurs with all plural forms, since they all end in s.
Ils sont mes
z
amis. - They are my friends.
Ils sont nos
z
amis. - They are our friends.
Mon, ton, and son are used before a feminine singular noun that starts with a vowel or silent h. Elision (to
m', t', or s') does not occur.
Elle est mon
n
amie. - She is my friend.
V: Travel
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Travel Voyage
General Vehicles
l'aéroport (m) Airport l'auto (f) car
le billet ticket (for train, airplane) l'avion (m) Airplane
la poste post office l'autobus (m) bus
la station station le bateau Boat
le métro subway, underground le train train
les bagages baggage le taxi taxi
le ticket ticket (for bus, métro) la voiture car
la valise suitcase
Hotels
la chambre room
chambre de libre free room
Lesson 1.09 - Art
G: Regular -re Verbs
The third category of regular verbs is made up of -re' verbs. To conjugate, drop the -re to find the "stem" or
"root". Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense, as demonstrated below for the present tense.
Formation
attendre – to wait
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
-re Verb Formation Formation des verbes en -re
pronoun ending verb
je (j') -s
attends
tu -s
attends
il/elle - attend
nous -ons
attendons
vous -ez
attendez
ils/elles -ent
attendent
Vendre
The verb vendre is a regular -re verb:
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
vendre to sell
Singular Plural
first person je vends
jeuh vahn I sell
nous vendons
noo vahn doh
n
we sell
second person tu vends
too vahn you sell
vous vendez
voo vahn day' you sell
third person
il vend
eel vahn he sells
ils vendent
eel vahnde
they sell
(masc. or mixed)
elle vend
ell vahn she sells
on vend
oh vahn one sells
elles vendent
ell vahnde they sell (fem.)
Common -re Verbs
Compared to -er verbs, -re verbs are not very common. You will however see the following verbs fairly
often:
prendre - to get, to take
Irregular conjugation: je prends, tu prends, il/elle/on prend, nous prenons, vous prenez, ils/elles
prennent
mettre - to put, to place
Irregular conjugation: je mets, tu mets, il/elle/on met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils/elles
mettent
connaître - to know (Note: "savoir" may also mean to know)
Irregular conjugation: je connais, tu connais, il/elle/on connaît, nous connaissons, vous
connaissez, ils/elles connaissent
V: Music
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •287 kb • help)
Music La musique
écouter de la musique to listen to music
des paroles lyrics (la parole = word)
Composing
le musicien musician
le compositeur composer
l’auteur (des paroles) (lyrics) writer
Instruments
l'instrument (m) instrument
la clarinette clarinet
le violon violin
la harpe harp
la guitare guitar
le piano piano
la flûte flute
V: French Museums
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Museums Les musées
la portraitiste portraitist
G: Beau, Nouveau, and Vieux
Musée du Louvre
Musée des Beaux-Arts de Dole
Musée des arts et métiers
Formation
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
The Adjectives Beautiful, New, and Old Beau, Nouveau, and Vieux
Masc. Consonant Masc. Vowel Fem. Sing. (all)
Beau
Singular
un beau garçon un bel individu une belle fillette
Plural
de beaux garçons
de beaux
z
individus
de belles fillettes
Nouveau
Singular
un nouveau camion un nouvel ordre une nouvelle idée
Plural
de nouveaux camions
de nouveaux
z
ordres
de nouvelles idées
Vieux
Singular
un vieux camion un vieil ordre une vieille idée
Plural
de vieux camions
de vieux
z
ordres
de vieilles idées
Sentences Placement
As you have already learned, most adjectives come after the noun they modify in French.
un homme intelligent - an intelligent man
des hommes intelligents - intelligent men
However, some common French adjectives, including beau, nouveau, and vieux come before the noun.
une jolie voiture - a pretty car
Des is replaced with de when an adjective comes before the noun.
de jolies voitures - pretty cars
Note that in informal speech, des is very often used in place of de.
V: Plays
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Plays Les pièces
At the Theater Play Genres
le théâtre theater le ballet ballet
la pièce (de théâtre)
(theatrical) play
lit: (theatrical) piece
la comédie comedy
l'acte (f)
la scène
l'entracte (m)
act
scene
intermission
la comédie musicale musical comedy
chanter
le (la) chanteur (-euse)
to sing
singer
le drame drama
danser
le (la) danseur (-euse)
to dance
dancer
la tragédie tragedy
V: French Artists and Entertainers
Charles Aznavour
Gilbert Becaud
Jacques Brel
Robert Charlebois
Joe Dassin
Raymond Devos
Celine Dion
Garou
Juliette Greco
Edith Piaf
Lesson 1.10 - Science
G: Prendre
Prendre is an irregular -re verb, and is conjugated differently.
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
prendre to take
Singular Plural
first person je prends
jeuh prahn I take
nous prenons
noo prenn oh
n
we take
second person tu prends
too prahn you take
vous prenez
voo prennay you take
third person
il prend
eel prahnn he takes
ils prennent
eel prehn
they take
(masc. or mixed)
elle prend
ell prahnn she takes
on prend
oh prahnn one takes
elles prennent
ell prehn they take (fem.)
Related Words
prendre - to take
apprendre - to learn
comprendre - to comprehend/understand
se méprendre - to be mistaken
surprendre - to surprise
Idioms and Related Expressions
prendre - to take, to have something to eat
prendre conscience (de) - to become aware (of)
prendre la correspondance - to change trains
prendre une décision - to make a decision
prendre des kilos - to gain weight
prendre part (à) - to take part (in)
prendre la parole - to start talking
prendre le pas sur - to surpass
prendre le petit déjeuner - to eat breakfast
prendre rendez-vous - to make an appointment
prendre le métro - to get the subway
prendre un café - to have a coffee
V: The Sciences - Les Sciences
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
The Sciences and Scientists Les sciences et les savants
General Biology - La biologie
le savant
scientist
une personne qui expérimente
a person who experiments
la bio(logie)
biology
l’étude des organismes vivants
the study of living organisms
observer
analyser
to observe
to analyse
la botanique
botany
l’étude des plantes
the study of plants
Physics - La physique
l’anatomie (f)
anatomy
l’étude du corps humain
the study of the human body
la physique
physics
l’étude de la matière et de l’énergie
the study of matter and energy
la zoologie
zoology
l’étude des animaux
the study of animals
le physicien physicist le biologiste biologist
Chemistry - La chimie
la cellule a cell
la chimie
chemistry
l’étude des éléments
the study of elements
des microbes
des bactéries
des virus
germs
bacteria
virus
le chimiste chemist le microscope microscope
V: Elements - Les éléments
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Elements Les éléments
l'argent (m) silver Also: money
l'azote (m) nitrogen
le chrome chromium /krom/
le cuivre copper Also a conjugation of cuivrer
le fer iron
l'hydrogène (m) hydrogen Also a conjugation of hydrogéner.
le manganèse manganese
l'or (m) gold Also a conjunction meaning yet, however.
l'oxygène (m) oxygen
le soufre sulphur /sufr/ (audio)
le xénon xenon
le zinc zinc
/zɛ̃ɡ/, /zE~g/
Also: (informal) counter
Also: (in a bar, café, etc), bar
For a complete listing of the elements, see Tableau périodique des éléments.
V: Astronomy
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Astronomy L'astronomie
The Planets
Mercure Mercury
Vénus Venus
La (planete) terre Earth
Mars Mars
Jupiter Jupiter
Saturne Saturn
Uranus Uranus
Neptune Neptune
Pluton Pluto
Other Obejcts
Le soleil sun
La lune moon
L'étoile star
LEVEL TWO
Level Two Lessons Contents
Lesson 2.01 - School
Lesson 2.02 - Culture
Lesson 2.03 - Shopping
Lesson 2.04 - Going Out
Lesson 2.05 - Transportation
Lesson 2.06 - Everyday Life
Lesson 2.07 - Rural Life
Lesson 2.08 - Food and Drink
Lesson 2.09 - Dining
Lesson 2.10 - Communication
Now that you know how to compose French sentences in the present indicative, you can continue on to
Wikibook's second French course. Inside, you will learn the passé composé, the most common French past
tense, and review the grammar you have already learned. The grammar now becomes a lot more advanced,
and each lesson now gives much more information. After you have completed this level, you can move on to
the next level. Also remember to go to the lessons planning page if you would like to help improve this
course.
Toujours Là? - Slightly More Advanced French
01 Leçon 01 : L'école
G: Passé Composé of Regular Verbs, Lire, Écrire
V: School, School Subjects
Lesson 01 : School
02 Leçon 02 : La culture
G: Regular Verbs Review, Croire & Voir
V: Life, Religions, Holidays, Celebrations (Birthdays, Christmas, Bastille
Day)
Lesson 02 : Culture
03
Leçon 03 : Faire des
courses
G: exer Verbs (Acheter), -yer Verbs (Payer), Object Pronoun Review,
Irregular Past Participles (so far)
V: Shopping, Clothing, Shoes
Lesson 03 : Shopping
04 Leçon 04 : Sortir
G: Sortir & Partir, -enir Verbs (Venir), -éxer Verbs
V: Leisure Activities, Directions, How to Get to Places, Places to go, Movies
Lesson 04 : Going Out
05 Leçon 05 : Le transport
G: -uire Verbs (Conduire), -rir Verbs (Ouvrir), Y, Passé Composé with Être
V: Local Travelling, Methods of transportation
Lesson 05 :
Transportation
06 Leçon 06 : Le quotidien
G: Devoir, Falloir, Reflexive Verbs
V: Employment, Waking up, Preparing for work, Driving to Work, Sleep
Lesson 06 : Everyday
Life
07 Leçon 07 : La vie rurale
G: Suivre, Vivre, Naître, Passé Composé with Reflexive Verbs
Lesson 07 : Rural Life
V: Pets, Farm Animals
08 Leçon 08 : La nourriture
G: Manger, Boire, Partitive Article, En, Mettre
V: Meat, Dairy Products, Drinks, Desserts
Lesson 08 : Food and
Drink
09 Leçon 09 : Dîner
G: -cer Verbs, Servir, Vouloir & Pouvoir
V: Meals, Silverware, Dining at a Restaurant
Lesson 09 : Dining
10
Leçon 10 : La
communication
G: Dire, -aître Verbs, Connaître & Savoir, Envoyer, Recevoir
V: Mail, Calling Others, Computers
Lesson 10 :
Communication
Level Two Test and the Answers
[show ]
Lesson 2.01 - School
G: Introduction to Perfect Tenses
The next section is optional. You will eventually learn everything that is covered in it, but if you would like
a preview, read it, and if not, continue on to the school section.
Introduction to Perfect Tenses
G: Introduction to Moods and Tenses
Like the above section, this is also optional. You will eventually learn everything in here.
V: School
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
School L'école
General
Classes / Grades
[21]
le professeur
[22]
teacher 12th Grade Classe Terminale
la bourse scholarship 11th Grade 1ère (la première classe)
le diplôme (professionnel) diploma 10th Grade 2ème (la deuxième classe)
le bac(calauréat) high school exit exam 9th Grade 3ème (la troisième classe)
la bibliothèque library 8th Grade 4ème (la quatrième classe)
les notes grades (as on a test) 7th Grade 5ème (la cinquième classe)
les cours classes or courses 6th Grade 6ème (la sixième classe)
la classe grade (e.g. 6th Grade) 5th Grade CM2 (CM = cours moyen)
en cours de [...] in [...] class 4th Grade CM1
Pendant les cours - During Classes
3rd Grade CE2 (CE=cours élémentaire)
le tableau chalkboard 2nd Grade CE1
la craie chalk 1st Grade CP1 (CP = cours préparatoire)
le pupitre desk
Verbs
l'examen (m) test
passer
un examen
to take a test
les devoirs homework étudier to study
la classe class
écrire
[23]
to write
la cantine
déjeuner
cafeteria
to (eat) lunch
lever (la main)
[24]
to raise (your hand)
la récré(ation)
la cour
recess
courtyard
poser
(une question)
to ask (a question)
Schools and Students
parler to speak
l'école (f) school écouter
to listen (to)
[25]
[show ]
l'étudiant
l'étudiante
student (m)
student (f)
entendre
to hear (of)
[26]
le collège
(classes 6-4)
jr. high school
(grades 6-9)
regarder to watch
le collégien jr. high school student déjeuner to (have) lunch
le lycée
(classes 3-terminale)
high school
(grades 10-12)
le lycéen high school student
Describing Teachers and Students
l'université (f)
la fac(ulté)
university
intelligent(e) intelligent
nul(le) not good, not bright
l'enseignement supérieur
higher education
graduate school
strict(e) strict
Des fournitures scolaires - School Supllies
la craie chalk cray
le tableau the board tahbloh
le stylo(-bille) pen steeloh (bee)
le crayon pencil krayoh
la calculatrice calculator
le livre
le bouquin
book leevr
le cahier notebook kie ay
le papier
la feuille de papier
paper
sheet of paper
pahpeeyay
le bloc-notes (small) notepad block nut
le classeur three-ring binder
le sac à dos backpack sack ah doe
la gomme eraser gum
la règle ruler rehgluh
le feutre marker feuhtr
^ The word professeur is considered masculine at all times, even if the teacher is female. The only case
when "professeur" can be preceded by feminine determinant is either when contracting it in colloquial
language "la prof", or when adding a few words before : "madame/mademoiselle la/le professeur".
^ The way that grades are numbered in France is opposite the way they are in the US. Whereas American
grade numbers go up as you approach your senior year, they descend in France.
^ Écrire is an irregular verb. You will learn to conjugate it in the next section.
^ In French, you do not "own" body parts. While in English, you would say my hand or your hand, the
definite article is almost always used in French.
la main - my hand
la jambe - my leg
le bras - my arm
For example, you would say Je me suis cassé la main (I have broken my hand) and never Je me suis cassé
ma main. But you must say "Ma main est cassée" (My hand is broken) and not "La main est cassée" (lit. The
hand is broken) if you speak about your own hand.
^ To and of are built into the verbs écouter and entendre respectively. It is not necessary to add a
preposition to the verb. Other verbs, such as répondre {à), meaning to respond (to), are almost always
followed by a preposition.
EXERCISE • Translator (http://translate.google.com/translate_t) • Exercise Appendix • Print version
• E: 2.01 1 - School Vocabulary - Complétez
G: Écrire & Lire
Écrire is an irregular french verb, meaning to write. It varies from other '-re' verbs in the plural conjugation,
by adding a 'v'.
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
écrire to write
past participle: écrit
Singular Plural
first person j' écris
jay cree I write
nous écrivons
noozay creevohn we write
second person tu écris
tue aycree you write
vous écrivez
voozay creevay you write
third person
il écrit
eel aycree he writes
ils écrivent
eel zaycreeve
they write
(masc. or mixed)
elle écrit
ell aycree she writes
on écrit
ohn aycree one writes
elles écrivent
ell zaycreeve they write (fem.)
Lire is an irregular french verb, meaning to read. It's plural conjugation adds an additional 's'.
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
lire to read
past participle: lu
Singular Plural
first person je lis
jeuh lee I read
nous lisons
noo leezonn we read
second person tu lis
tue lee you read
vous lisez
voo leezay you read
third person
il lit
eel lee he reads
ils lisent
eel leez
they read
(masc. or mixed)
elle lit
ell lee she reads
on lit
ohn lee one reads
elles lisent
ell leez they read (fem.)
V: School Subjects
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
School Subjects Les matières d'enseignement
les langues languages
les mathématiques
les maths
mathematics
l'anglais English l'algèbre (f) algebra
le français French le calcul calculus
l'espagnol Spanish la géométrie geometry
l'allemand German
les sciences
sociales
social
sciences
le russe Russian l'économie economics
l'italien Italian la géo(graphie) geography
l'histoire (f) history
les sciences
naturelles
natural
sciences
d'autres
matières
other subjects
la biologie
la bio
biology le dessin drawing
la chimie chemistry l'informatique (f) computer science
la technologie engineering la littérature literature
la physique physics la musique music
G: Passé Composé with Regular Verbs
Main article: French/Grammar/Tenses/Present perfect
The passé composé is a perfect tense, and is therefore composed of an auxiliary verb and a past participle.
With most verbs, that auxiliary verb is avoir.
Meaning
In English, verbs conjugated in the passé composé literally mean have/has ____ed. While there is a simple
past tense in French, it is almost only used in formal writing, so verbs conjugated in the passé composé can
also be used to mean the English simple tense.
For example, the passé composé form of parler (to speak), [avoir] parlé, literally mean has/have
spoken, but also means spoke.
Basic Formation
To conjugate a verb in the passé composé, the helping verb, usually avoir, is conjugated in the present
indicative and the past participle is then added.
Auxiliary Verb - Avoir
Conjugate avoir in the present indicative.
j'ai I have nous avons we have
tu as you have vous avez you have
il a he has ils ont they have
Past Participle
-er verbs - replace -er with é
-ir verbs - replace -ir with i
-re verbs - replace -re with u
irregular verbs - varies, must be memorized.
Formation of the Past Participle
Verb Group Infinitive Stem Past Participle
-er verbs jouer
jou
joué
-ir verbs finir
fin
fini
[show ]
[show ]
-re verbs répondre
répond
répondu
Avoir + Past Participle
J'ai joué. I have played Nous avons joué. We have played.
Tu as joué. You have played. Vous avez joué. You have played.
Il a joué. He has played. Ils ont joué. They have played.
EXERCISE • Translator (http://translate.google.com/translate_t) • Exercise Appendix • Print version
• E: 2.01 2 - Passé Composé - English to French
EXERCISE • Translator (http://translate.google.com/translate_t) • Exercise Appendix • Print version
• E: 2.02 3 - Passé Composé - Present Indicative to Passé Composé
Lesson 2.02 - Culture
This lesson is on the culture of France. The culture of France is diverse, reflecting regional differences as
well as the influence of recent immigration. Also, try and reflect on how your culture is similar and different
to French culture.
G: General Verbs Review
Most verbs in French are regular -er verbs. Others are regular -ir or -re verbs or are simply irregular.
Formation
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Regular Verbs Les verbes réguliers
-er Verbs -ir Verbs -re Verbs
Stem:
parl... fin... vend...
Subject Ending Example Ending Verb Ending Example
Je
-e parle -is finis -s vends
Tu
-es parles -is finis -s vends
Il
-e parle -it finit - vend
Nous
-ons parlons -issons finissons -ons vendons
Vous
-ez parlez -issez finissez -ez vendez
Ils
-e parlent -issent finissent -ent vendent
Irregular Verbs Ending in -er
aller
Common -ir Verbs
Finir
Irregular Verbs Ending in -ir
acquérir | avoir | s'asseoir | devoir | dormir | falloir | ouvrir | partir | pleuvoir | pouvoir | recevoir | savoir |
servir | venir | voir | vouloir
Common -re Verbs
attendre - to wait (for)
répondre - to answer
Irregular Verbs Ending in -re
boire | conduire | connaître | croire | dire | écrire | être | faire | lire | mettre | prendre | rire | suivre | vivre
G: Croire & Voir
Croire is an irregularly conjugated -re verb.
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
croire to believe
(past participle - cru)
Singular Plural
first person je crois
jeuh crah I believe
nous croyons
noo croy oh we believe
second person tu crois
too crah you believe
vous croyez
voo croy ay you believe
third person
il croit
eel crah he believes
ils croient
eel crah
they believe
(masc. or mixed)
elle croit
ell crah she believes
on croit
oh crah one believes
elles croient
ell crah they believe (fem.)
Voir is an irregularly conjugated -re verb.
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
voir to see
(past participle - vu)
Singular Plural
first person je vois
jeuh vwah I see
nous voyons
noo vwahyoh we see
second person tu vois
too vwah you see
vous voyez
voo vwah ay you see
third person
il voit
eel vwah he sees
ils voient
eel vwah
they see
(masc. or mixed)
elle voit
ell vwah she sees
on voit
oh vwah one sees
elles voient
ell vwah they see (fem.)
V: Religion
la religion religion
le Christianisme Christianity
l'Islam Islam
le Judaïsme Judaism
le Chrétien/la Chrétienne Christian
le Musulman/la Musulmane Muslim
le Juif/la Juive Jew
l'athée (m.) atheist
Le Père noël Santa Claus
le 14 juillet Bastille Day
V: Birthday
Birthdays
l'anniversaire (m) birthday
Tu as quel âge? How old are you?
J'ai ____ ans.
I am ____ years old.
[lit: I have ___ years.]
le gâteau cake
le cadeau gift
la bougie candle
la fête party
inviter to invite
donner une fête to throw a party
V: Marriage
Marriage
Le mari Husband
La femme Wife
V: Holidays
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Holidays Les jours fériés
New Year's Day le Nouvel An 1 janvier
Labor Day La Fête du Travail
Memorial Day ; Armistice Day jour de l'Armistice
Independance Day la Fête Nationale 4 juillet
Christmas Eve le Réveillon 24 décembre
Christmas ; Yule Noël 25 décembre
V: Bastille Day and Parades
V: Islamic Holidays
Lesson 2.03 - Shopping
V: Shopping
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Shopping Les achats
To Go Shopping Buying Goods
faire des courses
faire du shopping
to go shopping
le(la) vendeur(euse)
le(la) cassier(-ière)
salesperson
cashier
faire le marché to go grocery shopping (plus/moins) cher(ère) (more/less) expensive
faire du lèche-vitrine to go window shopping la vitrine display window
porter to wear, to carry en solde on sale
demander to ask (for) le prix price
demander le prix - to ask for the price
payer
payer à la caisse
to pay
to pay at the counter
la caisse
cash register
checkout counter
vendre to sell coûter to cost
acheter to buy
C’est combien?
Ça coûte combien?
How much is it?
[lit: It's how much?]
[lit:It costs how much?]
Combien coûte [nom]?
How much does [noun] cost?
[lit: How much costs [noun]?]
General Goods Stores Foods Stores
le magasin shop; store le supermarché supermarket
le centre commercial mall; shopping centre l'hypermarché (m) hypermarket; big supermarket
le grand magasin department store la boucherie
butcher shop
1
le rayon department la boulangerie
bakery
2
la boutique small store le dépôt de pain
a place that sells bread
2
la pharmacie pharmacy; chemist la charcuterie
delicatessen
3
le marché outdoor market la crémerie dairy store
la pâtisserie pastry shop; pâtisserie
la poissonnerie seafood store; fishmonger
l'épicerie (f)
grocery
4
French butchers do not sell pork, pork products, nor horsemeat. For these products, go to a
charcuterie. However, a lot of boucheries are also charcuteries, and are called boucherie-charcuterie
1.
In France, bakeries only sell fresh bread; e.g. the bread is baked on site. Places where they sell bread
that is not fresh are called dépôt de pain.
2.
'Charcuteries' sell things besides pork products, including pâté, salami, cold meats, salads, quiches
and pizzas.
3.
An alternative to an 'épicerie' is an alimentation générale (a general foodstore).4.
G: Object Pronouns Review
Direct Objects
While the subject of a sentence initiates an action (the verb), the direct object is the one that is affected by
the action. A direct object pronoun is used to refer to the direct object of a previous sentence:
Pierre voit le cambrioleur. Pierre sees the burglar.
Pierre le voit. Pierre sees him.
The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:
French
me, m' te, t' le, l' la, l' nous vous les
English
me
1
you
1
him, it her, it
us
1
you
1
them
Notes:
1
me, te, nous, and vous are also used as indirect objects to mean to me, to you, to us, and to you
respectively.
The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
The direct object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
When the direct object comes before a verb in a perfect tense, a tense that uses a past participle, the
direct object must agree in gender and plurality with the past participle. For example, in the phrase Je
les ai eus, or I had them, the past participle would be spelled eus if the direct object, les, was referring
to a masculine object, and eues if les is referring to a feminine object.
Indirect Objects
An indirect object is an object that would be asked for with To whom...? or From whom...?. It is called
indirect because it occurs usually together with a direct object which is affected directly by the action:
Il donne du pain à Pierre. He gives some bread to Pierre.
Il lui donne du pain. He gives bread to him.
The following table shows the various types of indirect object pronouns:
French
me, m' te, t' lui nous vous leur
English
to me
1
to you
1
to him, to her
to us
1
to you
1
to them
Notes:
1
me, te, nous, and vous are also used as direct objects to mean me, you, us, and you respectively.
The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
The indirect object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
The indirect object pronouns do not agree with the past participle like the direct object pronouns do.
When me, te, nous, and vous are used in a perfect tense, the writer must decide whether they are used
as direct or indirect object pronouns. This is done by looking at the verb and seeing what type of
action is being performed.
The bread is given by the man (direct). Pierre gets the given bread (indirect).
G: -exer Verbs
-exer are regular -er verbs, but also are stem changing. The stem change applies to all forms except nous and
vous. The stem change involves adding a grave accent ( ` ) over the e in the stem.
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
acheter to buy
(past participle - acheté)
Singular Plural
first person j'achète
jzah shet I buy
nous
z
achetons
noozashtoh we buy
second person tu achètes
too ahshet you buy
vous
z
achetez
voozahshtay you buy
third person
il achète
eel ahshet he buys
ils
z
achètent
eelzahshet
they buy
(masc. or mixed)
elle achète
ell ahshet she buys
on
n
achète
ohnahshet one buys
elles
z
achètent
ellzahshet they buy (fem.)
Other -exer Verbs
peser - to weigh
mener - to carry out
emmener - to take along
amener - to bring
surmener - to overwork
lever - to raise
soulever - to raise
V: Clothing
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Clothing Habillement
les vêtements habillés - dress
clothes
les vêtements sport - casual
clothes
les chaussures - shoes
la chemise button down shirt la casquette cap les chaussures shoes
la cravate tie le tee-shirt t-shirt
la paire de
chaussures
pair of shoes
le pantalon pants le polo polo shirt les baskets
basketball
shoes
trainers
le complet
le costume
suit le pull(over) a sweater les tennis tennis shoes
le manteau coat le sweat-shirt sweatshirt les sandales sandals
le tailleur women's suit
le blouson
la veste
jacket
la robe dress le jean jeans
le chemisier blouse
les chaussettes / les
bas
socks
la jupe skirt
G: -yer verbs
-yer verbs are irregular -er verbs. When y is part of the last syllable, it changes to i in order to keep the ay
sound. In the present indicative of -yer verbs, this affects all forms except nous and vous.
Payer
The verb payer translates to to pay.
Formation
In the present indicative, payer (and all other -yer verbs) is conjuagted as follows:
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
payer to pay
(past participle - payé)
Singular Plural
first person je paie
jeuh pay I pay
nous payons
noo pay oh we pay
second person tu paies
too pay you pay
vous payez
voo pay yay you pay
third person
il paie
eel pay he pays
ils paient
ou payent
eel
they pay
(masc. or mixed)
elle paie
ell pay she pays
on paie
oh pay one pays
elles paient
ou payent
ell they pay (fem.)
Other -yer Verbs
appuyer - to support
employer - to employ
essayer - to try
essuyer - to wipe
nettoyer - to clean
tutoyer - to address as tu, to call someone informally
G: Irregular Past Participles
Many of the verbs you have learned so far have irregular past participles.
avoir - eu
croire - cru
être - été
faire - fait
voir - vu
V: Practise Conversations
Let's practise some of these words and verbs in some everyday shopping talk:
1. À la boulangerie (At the bakery)
Bernard (le boulanger) : Bonjour madame
Camille (la cliente) : Bonjour monsieur
Bernard : Que voulez-vous ?
Camille : Je voudrais acheter une baguette, s'il vous plaît
Bernard : Ce sera tout ?
Camille : Non, je voudrais deux croissants aussi
Bernard : Très bien - ça fait deux euros, s'il vous plaît
Camille : Merci beaucoup
Useful vocabulary:
"Que voulez-vous ?" or "Que désirez-vous ?" - What would you like?
"Je voudrais..." - I would like...
"Ce sera tout ?" - Is that all?
"Ça fait deux euros" - That will be two euros
acheter (to buy).
2. Au marché (At the market)
Marie (la marchande) : Bonjour monsieur
Clément (le client) : Bonjour madame
Clément : Qu'est-ce que vous avez à vendre ?
Marie : J'ai un grand choix de fruits et légumes
Clément : Très bien. Est-ce que vous avez des cerises ?
Marie : Oui... elles coûtent deux euros le kilo
Clément : Bon, je voudrais trois kilos, s'il vous plaît
Marie : Très bien, monsieur. Alors, pour trois kilos il faut payer six euros, s'il vous plaît.
Useful vocabulary:
"Qu'est-ce que vous avez... ?" - What do you have?
"Un grand choix" - A large range
"Des cerises" - Some cherries
"Elles coûtent deux euros le kilo" - They (feminine) cost two euros per kilo
"Il faut" - One must/You need to
vendre (to sell) and payer (to pay).
Lesson 2.04 - Going Out
G: À and De
The preposition à can indicate a destination, a location, a characteristic, measurement, a point in time,
purpose, and several other things which will be covered later.
When le follows à, the à and le combine into au. Similarly, à and les combine into aux.
The preposition de can indicate an origin, contents, possession, cause, manner, and several other things
which will be covered later.
When le follows de, the de and le combine into du. Similarly, de and les combine into des.
V: Leisure Activites
Les loisirs refers to leisure activities.
le cinéma cinema
la musique music
le baladeur walkman
une sortie going out
un spectacle a show
le théâtre the theater
le repos rest
le vacancier a vacationer
la danse dance
allumer/éteindre to turn on/turn off
la télévision television
le(la) téléspectateur(trice)
television
viewer
le sport sport
G: Partir & Sortir
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
partir to leave
(past participle - parti(e)(s))
Singular Plural
first person je pars
jeuh pahr I leave
nous partons
noo partoh we leave
second person tu pars
too pahr you leave
vous partez
voo pahrtay you leave
third person
il part
eel pahr he leaves
ils partent
eel part
they leave
(masc. or mixed)
elle part
ell pahr she leaves
on part
oh pahr one leaves
elles partent
ell part they leave (fem.)
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
sortir to go out, to take out
(past participle - sorti(e)(s))
Singular Plural
first person je sors
jeuh sore I go out
nous sortons
noo sortoh we go out
second person tu sors
too sore you go out
vous sortez
voo sortay you go out
third person
il sort
eel sore he goes out
ils sortent
eel sort
they go out
(masc. or mixed)
elle sort
ell sore she goes out
on sort
oh sore one goes out
elles sortent
ell sort they go out (fem.)
Some other verbs use sortir and partir as stems.
repartir - to set out again
répartir - to distribute
V: Movies
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Movies Les films
General
le film (domestique) (en vidéo)
le film (étranger) (en DVD)
(domestic) movie (on video)
(foreign) movie (on DVD)
V.O. (Version originale)
les sous-titres
unaltered
sub-titles
l'acteur (m)
l'actrice (f)
actor
actress
la vidéo
le DVD
video
DVD
louer to rent
The Movie Theater Film Genres
le cinéma the (movie) theater le dessin animé cartoon
la salle du cinéma
theater showing room
lit: room of the the theater
le documentaire documentary
la séance showing le film d’amour love story
le guichet ticket window le film d’aventures adventure movie
la place
le fauteuil
seat/place to sit
chair
1
le film d’horreur horror film
coûter to cost le film policier police film
jouer to play le film de science-fiction sci-fi film
1
Un fauteuil is the physical chair that one sits on. One would normally use "une place" whenever "a
seat" is used in English.
Prenez place ! - Take a seat! (very common expression. No article before place, you should not
say Prenez la place)
Les films sont fascinants! Allez-vous au cinéma? Pourquoi? Vous aimez les films? Pour demander quels
films jouent au cinéma, on dit Qu’est-ce qui joue au cinéma? . On achète les places au guichet, où
l'employé(e) les vend. On entre dans la salle du cinéma pour regarder un film. Quel est votre genre de film
préféré? Louez-vous des vidéos? des DVDs?.
G: -enir verbs
-enir verbs are irregularly conjugated (they do not count as regular -ir verbs).
Venir
The most common -enir verb is venir.
The verb venir is translated to to come.
When it means to come from, venir is used with the preposition de.
Nous venons du stade.
You can also use venir with a verb to state that you have recently accomplished an action. **Je viens
de finir mes devoirs (I've just finished my homework).
Formation
In the present indicative, venir (and all other -enir verbs) are conjuagted as follows:
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
venir to come
(past participle - venu(e)(s))
Singular Plural
first person je viens
jeuh vee ehn I come
nous venons
noo venn oh we come
second person tu viens
too vee ehn you come
vous venez
voo vennay you come
third person
il vient
eel vee ehn he comes
ils viennent
eel vee ehn
they come
(masc. or mixed)
elle vient
ell vee ehn she comes
on vient
oh vee ehn one comes
elles viennent
ell vee ehn they come (fem.)
Other -enir Verbs
revenir - to come back, to return
devenir - to become
appartenir - to belong
contenir - to contain
détenir - to keep, to detain
retenir - to retain
se souvenir - to remember
soutenir - to support
tenir - to hold
xer Verbs
xer verbs are regular -er verbs, but are also stem changing.
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
suggérer to suggest
(past participle - suggéré)
Singular Plural
first person je suggère
jeuh soo
zjair
I suggest
nous
suggérons
noo soo
zjairoh
we suggest
second
person
tu suggères
too soo zjair you suggest
vous suggérez
voo soo zjairay you suggest
third person
il suggère
eel soo zjair he suggests
ils suggèrent
eel soo zjair
they suggest
(masc. or mixed)
elle suggère
ell soo zjair she suggests
on suggère
oh soo zjair one suggests
elles suggèrent
ell soo zjair
they suggest
(fem.)
Other -éxer Verbs
accélérer - to accelerate
célébrer - to celebrate
espérer - to hope
oblitérer - to obliterate
préférer - to prefer
sécher - to dry
Directions
Sometimes when you go out, you may get lost, or come across someone who is lost. This should help you
ask for and give directions.
Pardonnez-moi/Excusez-moi, mademoiselle/madame/monsieur. - Excuse me, Miss/Mrs/Mr.
Je suis perdu. - I am lost.
Je cherche... - I'm looking for...
La poste - the post office
La gare - the train station
Le supermarché - the supermarket
Le stade - the football stadium
Le camping - the camping grounds
La plage - the beach
Le parc - the park
Vous prenez... - You take...
la première rue - the first street
à gauche - to the left
à droite - to the right
tout droit - straight ahead
Merci beaucoup! - Thanks so much!
De rien. - It was nothing/No worries.
Lesson 2.05 - Transportation
G: -uire Verbs
-uire verbs are conjugated irregularly.
Formation
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
conduire to drive
(past participle - conduit)
Singular Plural
first person je conduis
jeuh
cohndwee
I drive
nous
conduisons
noo cohndweezoh we drive
second
person
tu conduis
too cohndwee you drive
vous conduisez
voo cohndweezay you drive
third person
il conduit
eel cohndwee he drives
ils conduisent
eel cohndweez
they drive
(masc. or
mixed)
elle conduit
ell cohndwee she drives
on conduit
oh cohndwee
one
drives
elles conduisent
ell cohndweez
they drive
(fem.)
Other -uire Verbs
produire - to produce
traduire - to translate
reduire - to reduce
V: Driving
ouvrir to open
fermer to close
G: -rir Verbs
These verbs are conjugated irregularly, and normally follow the -er conjugation scheme. A common -rir verb
is ouvrir.
Formation
j'ouvre
tu ouvres
il ouvre
nous ouvrons
vous ouvrez
ils ouvrent
past participle: ouvert
Other Standard -rir verbs
In past participle form, -ir is replaced with -ert for these verbs.
couvrir - to cover
découvrir - to discover
offrir - to offer
souffrir - to suffer
-rir Verb Exceptions
Courir - To Run
je cours
tu cours
il court
nous courons
vous courez
ils courent
past participle: couru
Mourir - To Die
je meurs
tu meurs
il meurt
nous mourons
vous mourez
ils meurent
past participle: mort(e)(s)
1
1
Mourir is the only -ir verb that takes être as its helping verb in perfect tenses (and therefore agrees with the
subject as a past participle in a perfect tense).
Acquérir - To Acquire
j'acquiers
tu acquiers
il acquiert
nous acquérons
vous acquérez
ils acquièrent
past participle: acquis
V: Traffic Signs and Laws
G: Passé Composé with Être
Most verbs form the passé composé with avoir, however there are a small number of verbs that are always
conjugated with être. In a general case, these verbs indicate a change in state or position.
List of Verbs
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Perfect Past with Être Passé composé avec être
Verb Example
aller Je suis allé au cinéma. I went to the cinema.
venir Je suis venu en France. I came to France.
arriver Le train est arrivé. The train has arrived.
partir Elle est partie travailler. She left to go to work.
rester Je suis resté à la maison. I stayed home.
retourner Il est retourné au restaurant. He returned to the restaurant.
tomber Je suis tombé dans la piscine. I fell into the pool.
naître Je suis né en octobre. I was born in october.
mourir Il est mort en 1917. He died in 1917.
passer Il est passé devant la maison. It happened in front of the house.
monter Je suis monté au sommet. I climbed to the top.
descendre Il est descendu du train. He got out of the train.
sortir Je suis sorti avec mes amies. I went out with my friends.
entrer Je suis entré dans ma chambre. I entered my room.
rentrer Il est rentré tôt de l'école. He came back early from school.
The verbs that take être can be easily remebered by the acronym MRS. DR VANDERTRAMP:
M R S D R
monté resté sorti devenu revenu
V A N D E R T R A M P
venu arrivé descendu entré rentré tombé retourné allé mort parti
Moreover, all the pronominal verbs (with se), like se cacher (to hide oneself) or se demander (to wonder),
are ALWAYS conjugated with être.
Direct Objects
One must know that these verbs take their conjugated avoir when they are immediately followed by a direct
object
For Example:
Je suis descendu with the direct object "mes bagages"
becomes:
J'ai descendu mes bagages.
Another example:
Je suis monté with the direct object "mes bagages"
becomes:
J'ai monté mes bagages.
Yet another example but with ils instead of Je:
Ils sont sortis with direct object "leur passeport"
becomes:
Ils ont sorti leur passeport.
Subject-Past Participle Agreement
When conjugating with être, the past participles of the above verbs must agree with the the subject of a
sentence in gender and plurality. Note that there is no agreement if these verbs are conjugated with avoir.
If the subject is masculine singular, there is no change in the past participle.
If the subject is feminine singular, an -e is added to the past participle.
If the subject is masculine plural, an -s is added to the past participle.
If the subject is feminine plural, an -es is added to the past participle.
J suis allé(e). Nous sommes allé(e)s.
Tu es allé(e). Vous êtes allé(e)(s).
Il est allé.
Ils sont allés.
Elle est allée. Elles sont allées.
V: Trains and Stations
Taking the Train
G: The Pronoun Y
Indirect Object Pronoun - to it, to them
The French pronoun y is used to replace an object of a prepositional phrase introduced by à.
Je réponds aux (à les) questions. - J'y réponds.
I respond to the questions. - I respond to them.
Note that lui and leur, and not y, are used when the object refers to a person or persons.
Replacement of Places - there
The French pronoun y replaces a prepositional phrase referring to a place that begins with any preposition
except de (for which en is used).
Les hommes vont en France. - Les hommes y vont.
The men go to France - The men go there.
Note that en, and not y is used when the preposition of the object is de.
Idioms
Ça y est! - It's Done!
J'y suis! - I get it!
V: Taking a Taxi
Taking a Taxi
Lesson 2.06 - Everyday Life
G: Dormir
Dormir, to sleep, is an irregular French verb.
French Verb • Present Indicative • audio (upload)
dormir to sleep
(past participle - dormi)
Singular Plural
first person je dors
jeuh door I sleep
nous dormons
noo doormoh we sleep
second person tu dors
too door you sleep
vous dormez
voo doormay you sleep
third person
il dort
eel door he sleeps
ils dorment
eel dorm
they sleep
(masc. or mixed)
elle dort
ell door she sleeps
on dort
oh door one sleeps
elles dorment
ell dorm they sleep (fem.)
V: Waking up and Getting Yourself Ready
se lever: to get up
se laver: to wash (oneself)
se raser : to shave
se doucher: to shower
se baigner: to bathe (oneself)
se brosser les cheveux/les dents: to brush one's hair/teeth
se peigner les cheveux: to comb one's hair
s'habiller: to dress (oneself)
If the subject is performing the action on him or herself, the verbs are reflexive. However, if the subject were
to act on someone else, the verb is no longer reflexive; instead the reflexive pronoun becomes a direct
object.
Je m'habille: I get (myself) dressed.
Je t'habille: I get you dressed.
In the passé composé, the participle must agree in gender and number with the subject.
Pierre s'est habillé.
Alice s'est habillée.
Georges et Martin se sont habillés.
Lisette et Rose se sont habillées.
Marc et Claire se sont habillés.
Je m'appelle Lucie, et je me suis levée à six heures.
Jean et Paul, vous vous êtes levés assez tard.
G: Pronominal Verbs
Pronominal verbs are verbs that, put simply, include pronouns. These pronouns are me, te, se, nous, and vous
and are used as either direct objects or indirect objects, depending on the verb that they modify. There are
three types of pronominal verbs: reflexive verbs, reciprocal verbs, and naturally pronominal verbs.
Reflexive Verbs
Reflexive verbs reflect the action on the subject.
Je me lave. - I wash myself.
Nous nous lavons. - We wash ourselves.
Ils se lavent. - They wash themselves.
Reflexive verbs can also be used as infinitives.
Je vais me laver. - I'm going to wash myself.
Je ne vais pas me laver. - I'm not going to wash myself.
Reciprocal Verbs
With reciprocal verbs, people perform actions to each other.
Nous nous aimons. - We like each other.
Naturally Pronominal Verbs
Some verbs are pronominal without performing a reflexive or reciprocal action. Tu te souviens? - You
remember?
V: Going to Work
V: At Work
travailler: to work
travailler pour: to work for (somebody)
G: Devoir
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
devoir to have to, to owe
past participle: dû
Singular Plural
first person je dois
jeuh dwah I have to
nous devons
noo dehvohn we have to
second person tu dois
too dwah you have to
vous devez
voo dehvay you have to
third person
il doit
eel dwah he has to
ils doivent
eel dwahve
they have to
(masc. or mixed)
elle doit
ell dwah she has to
on doit
ohn dwah one has to
elles doivent
ell dwahve they have to (fem.)
G: Falloir
falloir - to be necessary
il faut - it is necessary
il a fallu - it was necessary (passé composé)
il fallait - it was necessary (imparfait)
il faudra - it will be necessary
il faudrait - it would be necessary
The verb falloir differs from similar verbs such as avoir besoin de [faire quelque chose] (to need [to do
something]) and devoir (must, duty, owe). Falloir is always used with the impersonal il only in the 3rd
person singular, whereas devoir can be used with all subject pronouns in all tenses.
Falloir expresses general necessities, such as "To live, one must eat" or "To speak French well, one must
conjugate verbs correctly."
Devoir expresses more personally what someone must do; "I want to pass my French test, so I must study
verb conjugations."
Avoir besoin de [faire quelque chose] expresses need; "I need to study for my test, it's tomorrow" - "J'ai
besoin d'etudier pour mon examen, il est demain."
Lesson 2.07 - Rural Life
G: Suivre
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
suivre to follow
past participle: suivi
Singular Plural
first person je suis
jeuh swee I follow
nous suivons
noo sweevohn we follow
second person tu suis
too swee you follow
vous suivez
voo sweevay you follow
third person
il suit
eel swee he follows
ils suivent
eel sweeve
they follow
(masc. or mized)
elle suit
ell swee she follows
on suit
ohn swee one follows
elles suivent
ell sweeve they follow (fem.)
G: Vivre
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
vivre to live
past participle: vécu [vaycoo]
Singular Plural
first person je vis
jeuh vee I live
nous vivons
noo veevohn we live
second person tu vis
too vee you live
vous vivez
voo veevay you live
third person
il vit
eel vee he lives
ils vivent
eel veeve
they live
(masc. or mized)
elle vit
ell vee she lives
on vit
ohn vee one lives
elles vivent
ell veeve they live (fem.)
G: Naître
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
naître to be born
past participle: né(e)(s)
1
Singular Plural
first person je nais
jeuh nay I am born
nous naissons
noo nehssohn we are born
second person tu nais
too nay you are born
vous naissez
voo nehssay you are born
third person
il naît
eel nay he is born
ils naissent
eel nesse
they are born
(masc. or mized)
elle naît
ell nay she is born
on naît
ohn nay one is born
elles naissent
ell nesse they are born (fem.)
1
Naître is the only -aître verb that takes être as its helping verb (and therefore agrees with the subject as a
past participle in perfect tenses).
G: Reflexive Verbs with Perfect Tenses
When proniminal verbs are conjugated in perfect tenses, être is used as the auxiliary verb.
Reflexive Verbs
In perfect tenses, the past participles agree with the direct object pronoun, but not the indirect object
pronoun, in gender and plurality. Therefore it would only agree when the reflexive pronoun is the direct
object. Also remember that the past participle does not agree with the direct object if it goes after the verb.
Elle s'est lavée. - She washed herself.
Nous nous sommes lavé(e)s. - We washed ourselves.
Elle s'est lavé les mains. - She washed her hands.
Nous nous sommes lavé les mains. - We washed our hands.
Reciprocal Verbs
Like reflexive verbs, the past participle of reciprocal verbs agrees in number and gender with the
direct object if it goes before the verb. It therefore agrees with all reciprocal pronouns that function as
direct objects.
Nous nous sommes aimé(e)s. - We liked each other.
The reciprocal pronoun can also function as an indirect object without a direct object pronoun.
Nous nous sommes parlé. - We spoke to each other.
Elles se sont téléphoné. - They called one another.
Vous vous êtes écrit souvent? - You wrote to each other often?
Naturally Pronominal Verbs
In perfect tenses, these verbs agree with the direct object if it goes before the verb. Otherwise, the past
participle agrees with the subject.
Elle s'est souvenue. - She remembered.
Le chien se couche. - The dog lies down.
Note that assis(e)(es), the past participle of s'asseoir (to sit), does not change in the masculine plural form.
Lesson 2.08 - Food and Drink
G: -ger Verbs
-ger verbs are regular -er verbs that are also stem changing. The most common -ger verb is manger. For
manger and all other regular -ger verbs, the stem change is adding an e after the g. This only applies in the
nous form. In this case, the change is made to preserve the soft g pronunciation rather than the hard g that
would be present if the e were not included.
Formation
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
manger to eat
past participle - mangé
Singular Plural
first person je mange
jeuh mahnge I eat
nous mangeons
noo vmahnge ohn we eat
second person tu manges
too mahnge you eat
vous mangez
voo mahngay we eat
third person
il mange
eel mahnge he eats
ils mangent
eel mahnge
they eat
(masc. or mized)
elle mange
ell mahnge she eats
on mange
ohn mahnge one eats
elles mangent
ell mahnge they eat (fem.)
Other -ger Verbs
changer - to change
exiger - to require
nager - to swim
soulager - to relieve
voyager - to travel
V: Food
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Food La nourriture
les fruits - fruits les légumes - vegetables
la banane banana la carotte carrot
la cerise cherry les épinards (m pl) spinach
le citron lemon l'oignon (m) onion
la fraise strawberry les petits pois (m pl) peas
l'orange (f) orange la pomme de terre potato
la pomme apple la tomate tomato
le raisin grape les asperges (f pl) asparagus
le pamplemousse grapefruit les haricots (m pl) beans
la viande - meat les fruits de mer (m pl) - shellfish, seafood
l'agneau (m) lamb La coquille Saint-Jacques (f) scallop
la dinde turkey le crabe crab
le jambon
le poisson - fish
le porc pork les anchois (m pl) anchovies
le poulet chicken le saumon salmon
le boeuf beef l'anguille (f) eel
la saucisse
Other Foods
les produits laitiers - dairy products
le croissant crescent roll
le beurre butter les frites (f pl) "French fries"
le fromage cheese la crêpe pancakes
le lait milk la mayonnaise mayonnaise
le yaourt/le yoghurt yogurt la moutarde mustard
le dessert - dessert
le pain bread
le bonbon candy la pâitsserie pastry
le chocolat chocolate le beurre butter
le gâteau cake la tartine de pain beurré slice of buttered bread
la glace ice cream le poivre pepper
la mousse mousse le riz rice
la tarte (aux pommes) (apple) pie le sel salt
la glace (au chocolat) (chocolate) ice cream le sucre sugar
la glace (à la vanille) (vanilla) ice cream la confiture jam
G: Boire
The verb boire is translated to to drink. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -re verb) as
follows:
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
boire to drink
past participle - bu
Singular Plural
first person je bois
jeuh bwah I drink
nous buvons
noo boovohn we drink
second person tu bois
too bwah you drink
vous buvez
voo boovay you drink
third person
il boit
eel bwah he drinks
ils boivent
eel bwahve
they drink
(masc. or mized)
elle boit
ell bwah she drinks
on boit
ohn bwah one drinks
elles boivent
ell bwahve they drink (fem.)
V: Drinks
les boissons - drinks
la bière beer
le café coffee
le chocolat chaud hot chocolate
le coca soda
la limonade lemon soda
le citron pressé lemonade
l'eau (f) water
le jus juice
le jus d'orange orange juice
le jus de pomme apple juice
le jus de raisin grape juice
le jus de tomate tomato juice
le thé tea
le vin wine
G: Partitive Article
The partitive article de indicates, among other things, the word some. As learned earlier, de and le contract
(combine) into du, as de and les contract into des. Also, instead of du or de la, de l' is used in front of
vowels.
When speaking about food, the partitive article is used at some times while the definite article (le, la, les) is
used at other times, and the indefinite article (un, une) in yet another set of situations. In general "de" refers
to a part of food (a piece of pie) whereas the definite article (le) refers to a food in general (I like pie (in
general)). The indefinite article refers to an entire unit of a food (I would like a (whole) pie).
When speaking about preferences, use the definite article:
J'aime la glace. I like ice cream.
Nous préférons le steak. We prefer steak.
Vous aimez les frites You like French fries.
When speaking about eating or drinking an item, there are specific situations for the use of each article.
Def. art. specific/whole items
J'ai mangé la tarte. I ate the (whole) pie.
Ind. art. known quantity
J'ai mangé une tarte. I ate a pie.
Part. art. unknown quantity
J'ai mangé de la tarte. I ate some pie.
In the negative construction, certain rules apply. As one has learned in a previous lesson, un or une changes
to de (meaning, in this context, any) in a negative construction. Similarly, du, de la, or des change to de in
negative constructions.
Nous avons mangé une tarte. We ate a pie.
Nous n'avons pas mangé de tarte. We did not eat a pie/ We did not eat any pie.
Nous avons mangé de la tarte. We ate some pie.
Nous n'avons pas mangé de tarte. We did not eat some pie/ We did not eat any pie.
Note : Now you should understand better how that "Quoi de neuf?"(what's new?) encountered in the very
first lesson was constructed... "Quoi de plus beau?!" (what is there prettier?)
G: En
To say 'some of it' without specifying the exact object, the pronoun 'en' can be used. Additionally, 'en' can
mean 'of it' when 'it' is not specified. For instance, instead of saying J'ai besoin d'argent, if the idea of
money has already been raised, it can be stated as 'J'en ai besoin'. This is because en replaces du, de la or des
when there the noun is not specifically mentioned in that sentence.
Like with 'me', 'te' and other pronouns, en (meaning 'some') comes before the verb.
Tu joues du piano? Non, je n'en joue pas Do you play piano? No, I don't play it.
Vous prenez du poisson? Oui, j'en prends. Are you having fish? Yes, I'm having some.
Vous avez commandé de l'eau? Oui, nous en avons
commandé.
Did you order some water? Yes, we ordered
some.
For more detailed information, see French Pronouns
G: Mettre
Formation
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
mettre to put
past participle - mis
Singular Plural
first person je mets
jeuh may I put
nous mettons
noo mettohn we put
second person tu mets
too may you put
vous mettez
voo mettay you put
third person
il met
eel may he puts
ils mettent
eel met
they put
(masc. or mized)
elle met
ell may she puts
on met
ohn may one puts
elles mettent
ell met they put (fem.)
Related Words
mettre - to put on, to turn on, to place
permettre - to allow
remettre - to put back
remettre en place - to set back into place
soumettre - to submit
se remettre - to recover from an illness
se remettre en route - to get back on the road
Idioms and Related Expressions
mettre au jour - to bring to light
mettre de l'argent de coté - to put money aside
mettre fin à - to put an end to
mettre la main à la pâte - to pitch in
mettre le contact - to start the car
mettre le couvert - to set the table
se mettre à table - to sit down to eat
se mettre d'accord - to agree
se mettre en forme - to get in shape
Lesson 2.09 - Dining
V: General Dining
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Dining Diner
Places Actions and Feelings
la cuisine kitchen avoir faim to be hungry
la salle à manger dining room avoir soif to be thirsty
le restaurant restaurant manger to eat
Meals
boire to drink
le repas the meal prendre to take
le petit-déjeuner breakfast vouloir to want
le déjeuner lunch mettre le couvert to set the table
le dîner dinner préparer un repas to prepare a meal
le goûter snack
Food Stores Quantity
la boucherie
butcher shop
1
le gramme gram
la boulangerie
bakery
2
le kilo(gramme) kilogran
le dépôt de pain
a place that sells bread
2
le litre liter
la charcuterie
delicatessen
3
la bouteille
bottle
5
l'épicerie (f)
grocery
4
la boîte can
la crémerie dairy store la livre
pack, pound
6
la poissonnerie seafood store le paquet packet
le marché outdoor market le pot pot
la pâtisserie pastry shop
Canadian and Belgian French has an off-by-one behaviour with meals : breakfast is called déjeuner, lunch is
called dîner and dinner is souper.
French butchers do not sell pork, pork products, nor horsemeat. For these products, go to a
charcuterie.
1.
In France, bakeries only sell fresh bread. Places where they sell bread that is not fresh are called dépôt
de pain.
2.
'Charcuteries' sell things besides pork products, including pâte, salami, cold meats, salads, quiches
and pizzas.
3.
An alternative to an 'épicerie' is an alimentation générale (a general foodstore).4.
-eille is pronounced ay5.
Do not confuse with le livre (book).6.
G: Vouloir & Pouvoir
The verb vouloir is translated to to want. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -ir verb)
as follows:
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
vouloir to want
past participle - voulu
Singular Plural
first person je veux
jeuh veuh I want
nous voulons
noo voolohn we want
second person tu veux
too veuh you want
vous voulez
voo voolay you want
third person
il veut
eel veuh he wants
ils veulent
eel veuhl
they want
(masc. or mized)
elle veut
ell veuh she wants
on veut
ohn veuh one wants
elles veulent
ell veuhl they want (fem.)
Pouvoir is conjugated in a similar manner:
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
pouvoir to be able to
past participle - pu
Singular Plural
first person je peux
jeuh
peuh
I can/am able to
nous
pouvons
noo
poovohn
we can/are able to
second
person
tu peux
too peuh
you can/are able
to
vous pouvez
voo poovay you can/are able to
third person
il peut
eel peuh he can/is able to
ils peuvent
eel peuhve
they can/are able to
(masc. or mized)
elle
peut
ell peuh she can/is able to
on peut
ohn peuh one can/is able to
elles peuvent
ell peuhve
they can/are able to
(fem.)
V: Dining at a Restaurant
arriver to arrive
la table occupée
la table libre
an occupied table
a free table
trouver to find
commander to order
déjeuner
lunch
to eat lunch
peiti déjeuner breakfast
dîner
to dine
to eat dinner
désirer to desire
le serveur
la serveuse
waiter
waitresse
la carte menu
l'addition check
le pourboire tip
laisser to leave
je voudrais.. I would like...
G: Servir
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
servir to serve
past participle: servi
Singular Plural
first person je sers
jeuh sair I serve
nous servons
noo sairvohn we serve
second person tu sers
too sair you serve
vous servez
voo sairvay you serve
third person
il sert
eel sair he serves
ils servent
eel sairve
they serve
(masc. or mized)
elle sert
ell sair she serves
on sert
ohn sair one serves
elles servent
ell sairve they serve (fem.)
V: Ordering
G: -cer Verbs
-cer verbs are regular -er verbs, but are also stem changing. The most common -cer verb is commencer.
Formation
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
commencer to begin
past participle - commencé
Singular Plural
first person je commence
jeuh coe
mahnce
I begin
nous
commençons
noo coe
mahnsohn
we begin
second
person
tu
commences
too coe
mahnce
you begin
vous commencez
voo coe
mahnsay
you begin
third person
il commence
eel coe
mahnce
he begins
ils commencent
eel coe mahnce
they begin
(masc. or
mized)
elle
commence
ell coe mahnce
she
begins
on commence
ohn coe
mahnce
one
begins
elles
commencent
ell coe mahnce
they begin
(fem.)
Other -cer Verbs
effacer - to erase
V: Silverware, Etc.
le couvert cover
l'assiette (f) plate
le bol bowl
la soucoupe saucer
le couteau knife
la cuillère spoon
la fourchette fork
la serviette napkin
la nappe tablecloth
la tasse cup
le verre glass
Lesson 2.10 - Communication
G: -aître Verbs
Formation
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
connaître to know (personally)
past participle: connu
Singular Plural
first person je connais
jeuh cohnay I know
nous connaissons
noo cohnehssohn we know
second person tu connais
too cohnay you know
vous connaissez
voo cohnehssay you know
third person
il connaît
eel cohnay he knows
ils connaissent
eel cohnesse
they know
(masc. or mixed)
elle connaît
ell cohnay she knows
on connaît
ohn cohnay one knows
elles connaissent
ell cohnesse they know (fem.)
Other -aître verbs
apparaître - to appear
connaître - to know
disparaître - to disappear
naître - to be born
1
1
Naître has an irregular past participle (né) and takes être as its helping verb in perfect tenses.
G: Connaître & Savoir
Connaître is used to say that you know someone. Savoir is used to say that you know a fact or piece of
information.
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
savoir to know (as a fact)
past participle: su
Singular Plural
first person je sais
jeuh say I know
nous savons
noo sahvohn we know
second person tu sais
too say you know
vous savez
voo sahvay you know
third person
il sait
eel say he knows
ils savent
eel sahve
they know
(masc. or mized)
elle sait
ell say she knows
on sait
ohn say one knows
elles savent
ell sahve they know (fem.)
V: Calling Others
Téléphoner (à) is used to say that you are calling (to) someone. In French, you call to someone, so the verb
is used with indirect, and not direct, objects.
Je téléphone à Jacques. - I'm calling Jacques.
G: Appeler
Appeler is used to say what your name is. Je m'appelle... literally means I call myself.., but in English you
would say My name is... Appeler is a regular -er verb, but, as you may have noticed, is also stem changing.
In the present indicative, it is conjuagted as follows:
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
appeler to call
past participle: appelé
Singular Plural
first person j' appelle
jahhpell I call
nous appelons
newzahh pell ohn we call
second person tu appelles
too ahhpell you call
vous appelez
voozahh pellay you call
third person
il appelle
eel ahhpell he calls
ils appellent
eel ahhpell
they call
(masc. or mized)
elle appelle
ell ahhpell she calls
on appelle
ohn ahhpell one calls
elles appellent
ell ahhpell they call (fem.)
G: Dire
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
dire to say
past participle: dit
Singular Plural
first person je dis
jeuh dee I say
nous disons
noo deezohn we say
second person tu dis
too dee you say
vous dites
voo deet you say
third person
il dit
eel dee he says
ils disent
eel deez
they say
(masc. or mized)
elle dit
ell dee she says
on dit
ohn dee one says
elles disent
ell deez they say (fem.)
V: Mail
le poste
le courier
le lettre
la boîte aux lettres
envoyer
recevoir
G: Envoyer & Recevoir
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
envoyer to send
past participle: envoyé
Singular Plural
first person j' envoie
jahnvwah I send
nous envoyons
newzahnvwahyohn we send
second person tu envoies
too ahnvwah you send
vous envoyez
voozahnvwahyay you send
third person
il envoie
eel ahnvwah he sends
ils envoient
eelzahnvwah
they send
(masc. or mized)
elle envoie
ell ahnvwah she sends
on envoie
ohn ahnvwah one sends
elles envoient
ellzahnvwah they send (fem.)
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
recevoir to receive
past participle: reçu
Singular Plural
first person je reçois
jeuh rehswah I receive
nous recevons
newzay rehsevohn we receive
second person tu reçois
too rehswah you receive
vous recevez
voo resehvay you receive
third person
il reçoit
eel rehswah he receives
ils reçoivent
eel rehswahve
they receive
(masc. or mized)
elle reçoit
ell rehswah she receives
on reçoit
ohn rehswah one receives
elles reçoivent
ell rehswahve they receive (fem.)
V: Computers & the Internet
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
Technology La technologie
Computer Hardware Computer Software
le hardware hardware le software software
l'ordinateur (m) computer l’information information
l'écran (m) monitor le logiciel software (program)
le clavier keyboard
le programme
la programmation
program
programming (adj)
la souris mouse le document document
l'imprimante (f) printer le fichier file
le CD-ROM CD-ROM
The Internet
la disquette floppy disk aller sur Internet to go on the Internet
Computer Use
le modem modem
utiliser to use la connexion connection
taper (un texte) to type (a text)
connecter
être connecté
to connect
to be connected
sauvegarder (un fichier) to save (a file) le site site
exécuter to run, carry out l'e-mail (m) e-mail
stocker (des données) to store (data) naviguer (sur Internet) to navigate (the Internet)
cliquer to click télécharger to download
allumer to turn on transmettre to transmit
éteindre
to turn off
(to extinguish)
French fact: the name of the company Logitech comes from the French term logiciel technolgie.
LEVEL THREE
Level Three Lessons Contents
Lesson 3.01 - Vacations
Lesson 3.02 - Work
Lesson 3.03 - Health
Lesson 3.04 - Money
Lesson 3.05 - Youth
Lesson 3.06 - Adolescence
Lesson 3.07 - Ancient History
Lesson 3.08 - Revolution!
Lesson 3.09 - Modern France
Lesson 3.10 - Current Events
After having completed the second level of the Wikibooks French language course, you can graduate to the
third level. This is a much more rigorous presentation of the French language. Several verb tenses will be
introduced in this level, and there will now be more vocabulary sections in each lesson. But we didn't decide
to stop there! This level will include longer lectures about a lesson's subject and will introduce you to real
French literary works and news articles, such as Jean de La Fontaine's Fables
(http://fr.wikisource.org/wiki/Fables_de_La_Fontaine) . After you have completed this level, you can move
on to the next level. Also remember that if you would like to help develop this course, go to the lessons
planning page.
Formidable! - Intermediate French
01 Leçon 01 : Les vacances
G: Geography Prepositions, Perfect Tenses Introduction, Simple Future of
Regular Verbs
V: General Travelling, International Travelling, Nationalities
Lesson 01 : Vacations
02 Leçon 02 : Le travail
G: Irregular Past Participles Review, Conjugated Verb + Infinitive Review
(Futur Proche, Faire Causitif)
V: Companies, Blue-collar, White-collar, Service, Government, The Office,
Office Supplies
Lesson 02 : Work
03 Leçon 03 : La santé
G: Simple Future of Irregular Verbs, Adverbs, Commands
V: Visiting the Doctor, Emergencies, Medecine, the Dentist, Healthcare
Lesson 03 : Health
04 Leçon 04 : L'argent
G: Personal Pronouns Review, Present Conditional, Pronouns with
Commands
V: Forms of Money, Payment, Handling Money, Going to a Bank
Lesson 04 : Money
05 Leçon 05 : Jeunesse
G: Imparfait, Possesive Pronouns, Stem Changing Verbs Review
V: Children's Games and Toys, French Children's Poems, Songs, and Stories
Lesson 05 : Life as a
Child
06 Leçon 06 : L'adolescence
G: Imparfait vs. Passé Composé, Pronominal Verbs Review, Plus-Que-Parfait
Lesson 06 : Adolescence
V: Pop Culture, Mass Media, Part-Time Jobs
07
Leçon 07 : L'histoire
Antique
G: Passé Simple of Regular Verbs, Interrogative Pronouns
V: Farming and Peasant Life, Noble Life, The King, The Rennaissance, The
Reformation
Lesson 07 : Ancient
History
08 Leçon 08 : Révolution!
G: Passé Simple of Irregular Verbs, Relative Pronouns (Qui, Que, Dont)
V: Enlightenment, French Rev., Democracy, Napoleonic Era, Post-Napoleon
France, Industrial Rev.
Lesson 08 : Revolution!
09
Leçon 09 : La France
moderne
G: Past Conditional, Comparative & Superlative, Asking Questions Review
V: The 20th Century, 20th Century Advancements and Changes, Modern War
Lesson 09 : Modern
France
10 Leçon 10 : L'actualité
G: Future Perfect, Demonstrative Pronouns, Stating If...
V: News, France's Role in Global Politics, European Union, Social Problems,
Government, Politics
Lesson 10 : Current
Events
Level Three Test and the answers.
Lesson 3.01 - Vacations
V: General Traveling
Audio: Ogg French native speaker (Kb)
General
il y a there is, there are
l’aéroport (m.) airport
l’autobus (m.) bus
l’avion (m.) aircraft, airplane
les bagages baggage
le billet ticket (for train, airplane)
le métro subway, underground
la poste post office
le taxi taxi
le ticket ticket (for bus, métro)
le train train
la valise suitcase
la voiture car
Audio : French native speaker
Visiting Other Cities
1a Tu es d'où? (informal)
Where are you from?
1b D'où êtes-vous? (formal)
1c Je suis de... (d') I am from...
V: Geography
Geography
the world le monde
Political Geography
a city une ville
a village un village
a country un pays
a state un état
Natural Geography
river le fleuve
mountain la montagne
lake le lac
ocean l'océan (m)
Cardinal Directions
Continents
l'Afrique (f)
l'Amérique du nord (f)
l'Amérique du sud (f)
l'Antarctique (f)
l'Asie (f)
l'Australie (f)
l'Europe (f)
Oceans
l'Océan atlantique (m)
l'Océan glacial arctique (m)
l'Océan indien (m)
l'Océan pacifique (m)
north le nord
south le sud
east l'est
west l'ouest
Audio : French native speaker
Audio : French native speaker
G: Geography Prepositions
Cities
French native speaker
à is used to say in, at, to
Je vais à Paris. - I'm going to Paris
de is used to say from.
Je reviens de Paris. - I return from Paris.
cities that have articles as part of their names contract with the preposition if the city is masculine.
le Caire - Je vais au Caire. - Je reviens du Caire.
le Havre - Je vais au Havre. - Je reviens du Havre.
la Nouvelle-Orléans - Je vais à la Nouvelle-Orléans. - Je reviens de la Nouvelle-Orléans.
Feminine Regions, Countries, and Continents
Most geographical areas are feminine
Every French geographical area that ends in -e is feminine, with one or two exceptions.
Every continent is feminine.
en is used to say in, at, to for all feminine geographical areas except cities
Je vais en France. - I go to France.
de is used to say from for all feminine geographical areas except cities
Je reviens de France. - I return from France.
de is contracted to d' when followed by a vowel.
Je vais en Espagne. - Je reviens d' Espagne
Masculine Regions
all regions that do not end in a slient e are mascuiline
Audio : French native speaker
dans le is used to say in, at, to for most masculine regions, provinces, and states
Je vais dans le Limousin. - I'm going to Limousin.
du, a contraction of de + le, is used to say from for most regions, provinces, and states
Je reviens du Limousin. - I return from Limousin.
If a region is thought of or considered as its own sovereign state, au is used instead of dans le
Je vais au Québec. - Je reviens du Québec. (Note: This is for the province of Québec. For the
city of Québec, Je vais à Québec should be used. - Je reviens de Québec.)
Je vais au Texas. - Je reviens du Texas.
Masculine Countries Starting With a Consonant
all countries that do not end in a silent e are masculine
le Cambodge, le Mexique, le Zimbabwe, and le Mozambique are masculine
au is used to say in, at, to for masculine countries beginning with a consonant
Je vais au Portugal. - I'm going to Portugal.
du is used to say from for masculine countries beginning with a consonant
Je reviens du Portugal. - I return from Portugal.
Plural Countries
Audio : French native speaker
aux, a contraction of à + les, is used to say in, to, as if a plural article is part of the name of a country
Je vais aux États-Unis. - I'm going to the United States. (pronounced aytahzoohnee)
des, a contraction of de + les, is used to say from if a plural article is part of the name of a country
Je reviens des États-Unis. - I return from the United States.
Masculine Countries Starting With a Vowel
en is used to say in, at, to for all masculine countries beginning with a vowel
Je vais en Israël. - I'm going to Israel.
d' is used to say from for all masculine countries beginning with a vowel
Je reviens d' Israël. - I return from Israel.
Check For Understanding
Are all French countries ending in e feminine?
What geographical areas use the preposition dans le?
What prepositions do countries beginning with vowels use?
What prepositions does the city of Quebec use? ...the province of Quebec?
V: Airports and Airplanes
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio: One • Two (258 + 205 kb • help)
Airports and Airplanes Les aéroports et les avions
The Airport Baggage
l'aéroport (m)
airport (pronounced
ahehrohpor)
les bagages (f pl) baggage
le passeport passport les bagages à main carry-on baggage
un chariot a (shopping/baggage) cart
la livraison des
bagages
baggage claim
les arrivées (f pl) arrivals
enregistrer (ses
bagages)
to check in (one's
baggage)
les départs (m pl) departures
arriver (en avance/en retard) to arrive (early/late)
The Terminal The Airplane
l'aérogare terminal l'avion (m) plane
la compagnie (aérienne) a(n airline) company l'appareil (m)
plane, machine,
(body) system
le billet
(d'avion/simple/aller-retour)
(plane/one-way/round trip)
ticket
décoller
le décollage
to take off
take-off
la classe tourisme
la première classe
coach
first class
le vol flight (also theft)
passer à la douane to go through customs le pilote pilot
le contrôleur
le contrôle de sécurité
security officer
security check
l'hôtesse (de l'air)
(f)
flight attendant
la porte gate (also door) le passager passenger
embarquer to board
atterrir
l'atterrissage (m)
to land
landing
V: Places
Audio : French native speaker
French Regions
Île-de-France
- Paris
Basse-Normandie
- Caen
Bourgogne
- Dijon
Bretagne
- Rennes
Audio : French native speaker
European Countries
la France
* Paris
France
* Paris
la Belgique
* Bruxelles
Belgium
* Bruxelles
le Portugal
* Lisbonne
Portugal
* Lisbon
l'Espagne
* Madrid
Spain
* Madrid
l'Italie
* Rome
Italy
* Rome
la Grande-Bretagne
* Londres
Great Britain
* London
l'Irlande
* Dublin
Ireland
* Dublin
le (grand-duché du) Luxembourg
* Luxembourg
Luxembourg
* Luxembourg
les Pays-Bas
* Amsterdam
Netherlands
* Amsterdam
l'Allemagne
* Berlin
Germany
* Berlin
l'Autriche
* Vienne
Austria
* Vienna
la Suisse
* Berne
Switzerland
* Bern
La principauté de Monaco
* Monaco
Monaco
* Monaco
la Pologne
* Varsovie
Poland
* Warsaw
la République Tchèque
* Prague
Czech Republic
* Prague
la Slovaquie
* Bratislava
Slovakia
* Bratislava
la Hongrie
* Budapest
Hungary
* Budapest
la Bulgarie
* Sofia
Bulgaria
* Sofia
la Roumanie
* Bucarest
Romania
* Bucharest
la Grèce
* Athènes
Greece
* Athens
La principauté d'Andorre
* Andorre-la-Vieille
Andorra
* Andorra la Vella
la Moldavie
* Chisinau
Moldova
* Chişinău
la Biélorussie
* Minsk
Belarus
* Minsk
la Lituanie
* Vilnius
Lithuania
* Vilnius
la Lettonie
* Riga
Latvia
* Riga
l'Estonie
* Tallinn
Estonia
* Tallinn
la Finlande
* Helsinki
Finland
* Helsinki
la Suède
* Stockholm
Sweden
* Stockholm
la Norvège
* Oslo
Norway
* Oslo
la Russie
* Moscou
Russia
* Moscow
l'Ukraine
* Kiev
Ukraine
* Kiev
Nations of the World
More audio pronunciation: here
(http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/French_pronunciation/Names#Places) .
V: Nationalities
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio: One • Two • (v2 300kb) (250 + 234 +186 kb • help)
Nationalities Les nationalités
Masculine Feminine English
allemand allemande German
américain américaine American
anglais anglaise English
australien australienne Australian
belge belge Belgian
birman birmane Burmese
britannique britannique British
cambodgien cambodgienne Cambodian
canadien canadienne Canadian
chinois chinoise Chinese
coréen coréenne Korean
écossais écossaise Scottish
espagnol espagnole Spanish
français française French
indien indienne Indian
indonésien indonésienne Indonesian
israëlien israëlienne Israeli
italien italienne Italian
japonais japonaise Japanese
malaisien malaisienne Malaysian
mauricien mauricienne Mauritian
néerlandais néerlandaise Dutch
philippin philippine Filipino
portugais portugaise Portuguese
singapourien singapourienne Singaporean
suédois suédoise Swedish
suisse suisse Swiss
thaïlandais thaïlandaise Thai
vénézuélien vénézuéliene Venezuelan
vietnamien vietnamienne Vietnamese
Nationalities are not capitalized as often in French as they are in English. If you are referring to a person, as
in an Arab person or a Chinese person, the French equivalent is un Arabe or un Chinois. However, if you are
referring to the Arabic language or Chinese language, the French would not capitalize: l'arabe; le chinois. If
the nationality is used as an adjective, it is normally left uncapitalized; un livre chinois, un tapis arabe.+Ŀ
G: Perfect Tenses
You will be learning several new perfect tenses in this level. Review the grammar behind them. This time,
make sure you know all the rules.
The perfect tenses are also called the compound or composed tenses.
The perfect tenses are all composed of a conjugated auxillary verb and a fixed past participle.
Auxillary Verb Formation
The auxillary verb is always either avoir or être.
The tense of the verb depends upon the tense that avoir or être is conjugated in.
When the auxillary verb is conjugated in the passé composé, for example, the auxillary verb is
conjugated in the present indicative.
J'ai fini. - I have finished.
Past Participle Formation
-er verbs - replace -er with é
-ir verbs - replace -ir with i
-re verbs - replace -re with u
irregular verbs - must be memorized
Past Participle Agreement
Audio: French native speaker
The past participle must agree with the direct object of a clause in gender and plurality if the direct
object goes before the verb.
the direct object is masculine singular - no change
J'ai fini le jeu. - I have finished the game.
Je l'ai fini. - I have finished it.
the direct object is feminine singular - add an e to the past participle
J'ai fini la tâche. - I have finished the task.
Je l'ai finie. - I have finished it.
the direct object is masculine plural - add an s to the past participle.
J'ai fini les jeux. - I have finished the games.
Je les ai finis. - I have finished them.
the direct object is feminine plural - add an es to the past participle.
J'ai fini les tâches. - I have finished the tasks.
Je les ai finies. - I have finished them.
Avoir ou Être?
In most circumstances, the auxillary verb is avoir.
However, under certain situations, the auxillary verb is être.
This occurs when:
The verb is one of 16 special verbs that take être.
Note that when a direct object is used with these verbs, the auxillary verb becomes avoir.
The verb is reflexive.
That is, the subject of the verb is also its object.
List of Tenses
There are seven perfect tenses in French. These are:
Le passé composé (The Present Perfect)1.
Le plus-que-parfait de l'indicatif (The Pluperfect of the Indicative)2.
Le plus-que-parfait du subjonctif (The Pluperfect Subjunctive)3.
Le passé antérieur (The Past Anterior)4.
Le futur antérieur (The Future Anterior)5.
Le conditionnel passé (The Past Conditional)6.
Le passé du subjonctif (The Past Subjunctive)7.
G: Simple Future of Regular Verbs
There are three versions of the future tense in French, the futur simple the futur composé, and the futur
antérieur(future perfect). The futur composé is formed by inserting the present form of aller before the
infinitive, e.g. elle va réussir (she will pass, or she is going to pass) is the futur composé of elle réussit
To conjugate a verb in the futur simple, one takes the infinitive and appends the right form of avoir except
for nous and vous which takes -ons or -ez, as according to the table:
Audio: French native speaker
Subject Add Ending Conjugated Verb
Je -ai réussirai
Tu -as réussiras
Il / Elle / On -a réussira
Nous -ons réussirons
Vous -ez réussirez
Ils / Elles -ont réussiront
Les vacances
Audio: French native speaker
Cet été, nous partirons en vacances au bord de la mer. Nous allons passer une semaine à Nice sur la côte
d'Azur. Nous partirons en voiture et il y aura certainement beaucoup de bouchons sur l'autoroute. Nous nous
baignerons le matin et je ferai des châteaux de sable avec mon fils. A midi nous mangerons puis nous ferons
une bonne sieste car il fera certainement très chaud. L'après-midi, nous irons visiter des expositions de
peintures ou alors nous irons dans des parc d'attractions. Vivement les vacances !
Lesson 3.02 - Work
G: Irregular Past Participles Review
Audio : french native speaker
Audio : french native speaker
avoir - eu (to have)
boire - bu (to drink)
conduire - conduit (to drive) (and all other -uire verbs)
connaître - connu (to know (personally))
courir - couru (to run)
croire - cru (to believe)
dire - dit (to say)
devoir - dû (to have to, to owe)
être - été (to be)
faire - fait (to do, to make)
falloir - fallu (to be necessary)
lire - lu (to read)
mettre - mis (to put (on)) (and all words adding prefixes to mettre)
ouvrir - ouvert (to open) (and most other -rir verbs)
pouvoir - pu (to be able to)
pleuvoir - plu (to rain)
prendre - pris (to take)
recevoir - reçu (to receive)
rire - ri (to laugh)
savoir - su (to know (as a fact))
sourire - souri (to smile)
suivre - suivi (to follow)
vivre - vécu (to live)
voir - vu (to see)
vouloir - voulu (to want)
G: Conjugated Verb + Infinitive Review
Formation
The formation of a conjugated verb+infinitive is the same in French as it is in English. You simply
conjugate the first verb, then put the infinitive. Examples follow.
j'aime tu aimes il/elle aime Nous aimons Vous aimez ils/elles aiement
Aimer
J'aime jouer au tennis (I like to play tennis).
J'aime lire le journal au lit (I like to read the newspaper in bed).
Vouloir
Je veux aller au centre commercial (I want to go to the mall).
However, when one uses vouloir to request something of someone else, one must use the subjunctive.
Je veux que tu fasses la vaisselle (I want you to do the dishes).
Pouvoir
Faire Causitif
Audio : french native speaker
The faire causitif is formed by conjugating faire and adding an infinitive.
Je le fais réparer. - I have it fixed.
Futur Proche
The future proche tense is formed by conjugating aller in the present indicative and adding an infinitive
Je vais aller. - I'm going to go.
Pronouns
Pronouns come before the verb they modify, which is not necessarily the first verb in a sentence
Je vais le voir. - I'm going to see it.
Negation
Either the conjugated verb or the infinitive can be negated, each meaning slightly different things.
Je n'aime pas marcher. - I don't like to run.
J'aime ne pas marcher. - I like to not run.
V: Private Employment
V: Government Occupations
V: The Office
V: Office Supplies
Le chômage
Audio : french native speaker
Avant j'avais un travail : je travaillais dans une banque. Mais la banque a fermé et je me suis retrouvé au
chômage. Je n'ai plus de travail et j'en cherche tous les jours. Je lis les petites annonces et j'envoie des lettres
de candidature. Je n'ai pas souvent de réponses. Mais aujourd'hui, j'ai obtenu un entretien d'embauche. Avec
un peu de chance, j'obtiendrai le travail...
Lesson 3.03 - Health
V: Illness
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (115 kb • help)
Illness La maladie
To ache
avoir mal au/à la/à l'/aux... to have a ...ache, to hurt avoir mal au ventre to have a bellyache
avoir mal à la tête to have a headache avoir mal partout to ache all over
avoir mal à l'oreille to have an earache avoir des maux de cœur to feel sick, nauseaus
avoir mal aux dents to have a toothache
Actions
Sickness and Pain
éternuer to sneeze
être malade to be sick s'évanouir to faint
avoir la grippe to have the flu saigner to bleed
avoir de la fièvre to have a fever tousser to cough
être enrhumé to have a cold vomir to throw up
G: Simple Future of Irregular Verbs
The simple future of irregular verbs, like the passé composé of many irregular verbs, must be memorized.
What makes this somewhat easy is that verbs with similar endings normally have similar future stems.
For example, the future stem of the verb venir is viendr-. Verbs like venir (devenir, revenir) have a very
similar stem (deviendr-, reviendr-).
G: Issuing Commands in French - l'impératif
The nous form commands are used to say "Let's...".
The subject is not used when giving a command.
Formation
Take away the ending and add on the following shown in the table.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •104 kb • help)
The Imperative L'impératif
-er Verbs -ir Verbs -re Verbs
Subject Ending Verb Ending Verb Ending Verb
Tu
-e Parle! -is Finis! -s Vends!
Nous
-ons Parlons! -issons Finissons! -ons Vendons!
Vous
-ez Parlez! -issez Finissez! -ez Vendez!
Affirmative
Negative
The negative imperative is formed by placing the imperative between "ne" and "pas/jamais/rien/etcetera."
Ne parle pas! (Don't speak!)
Ne regarde jamais le soleil! (Never look at the sun!)
G: Adverbs
French adverbs, like their English counterparts, are used to modify adjectives, other adverbs, and verbs or
clauses. They do not display any inflection; that is, their form does not change to reflect their precise role,
nor any characteristics of what they modify.
Formation
In French, as in English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives. In most cases, this is done by adding the
suffix -ment ("-ly") to the adjective's feminine singular form. For example, the feminine singular form of
lent ("slow") is lente, so the corresponding adverb is lentement ("slowly"); similarly, heureux
heureusement ("happy" "happily").
As in English, however, the adjective stem is sometimes modified to accommodate the suffix: Audio :
Native French Speaker
If the adjective ends in an i, then -ment is added to the masculine singular (default) form, rather than to
the feminine singular form:
vrai vraiment ("real" "really")
poli poliment ("polite" "politely")
If the adjective ends in -ant or -ent, then the corresponding adverb ends in -amment or -emment,
respectively:
constant constamment ("constant" "constantly")
récent récemment ("recent" "recently")
Some adjectives make other changes:
précis précisément ("precise" "precisely")
gentil gentiment ("nice" "nicely")
Some adverbs are derived from adjectives in completely irregular fashions, not even using the suffix -ment:
bon bien ("good" "well")
mauvais mal ("bad" "badly")
meilleur mieux ("better"-adjective "better"-adverb)
pire pis ("worse"-adjective "worse"-adverb)
And, as in English, many common adverbs are not derived from adjectives at all:
ainsi ("thus" or "thusly")
Placement
The placement of French adverbs is almost the same as the placement of English adverbs. Audio : Native
French Speaker
An adverb that modifies an adjective or adverb comes before that adjective or adverb:
complètement vrai ("completely true")
pas possible ("not possible")
tellement discrètement ("so discreetly")
An adverb that modifies an Infinitive (verbal noun) generally comes after the infinitive:
marcher lentement ("to walk slowly")
But negative adverbs, such as pas ("not"), plus ("not any more"), and jamais come before the infinitive:
ne pas marcher ("not to walk")
An adverb that modifies a main verb or clause comes either after the verb, or before the clause:
Lentement il commença à marcher or Il commença lentement à marcher ("Slowly, he began to walk"
or "He began slowly to walk").
Note that, unlike in English, this is true even of negative adverbs:
Jamais je n'ai fait cela or Je n'ai jamais fait cela ("Never have I done that" or "I've never done that")
V: Visiting the Doctor
Audio : Native French Speaker
Le patient :
Je suis malade. (I am ill).
J'ai mal à la tête. (I have a headache).
J'ai de la fièvre. (I am fevrish)
J'ai mal au ventre.
Je vomis.
Je tousse. (I cough)
Le docteur
Comment allez-vous ?
Prenez de l'aspirine.
Je vais vous prescrire un médicament.
Prenez une cuillère de sirop matin, midi et soir
Il faut passer un "scanner"
Il faut passer des radios.
Il faut vous opérer.
V: Visiting the Dentist
Audio : Native French Speaker
J'ai mal aux dents.
Vous avez une carie.
Je dois procéder à une extraction. (Il va enlever la dent)
J'ai un appareil dentaire.
Je vais utiliser la roulette.
Ahhhhhhhhhh !
V: Healthcare
V: Emergencies
Audio : Native French Speaker
Je vais à l'hôpital.
C'est grave !
Je vais aux urgences.
J'ai eu un accident de voiture.
SAMU=Service Ambulancier Médical d'Urgence
En cas d'accident grave, il faut téléphoner au SAMU (15) ou aux pompiers (18) ou au 112.
V: Medicine
V: Body parts
Here is the vocabulary to speak about body parts :
Audio : Native French Speaker
Audio : Native French Speaker
French English
La tête Head
Le corps Body
Le bras Arm
La jambe Leg
La poitrine Chest
Le ventre Belly
L'épaule (f) Shoulder
Le coude Elbow
Le poignet Wrist
La main Hand
Le doigt Finger
Le genou Knee
Le pied Foot
L'orteil (m) Toe
L'œil (m)
(pl. les yeux)
Eye
La bouche Mouth
La dent Tooth
Le nez Nose
L'oreille (f) Ear
Le cou Neck
La langue Tongue
Les cheveux Hair
L'ongle (m) Nail
Le poumon Lung
L'estomac (m) Stomach
Le cœur Heart
Le foie Liver
L'intestin (m) Intestine
L'os (m) Bone
Le crâne Skull
Le muscle Muscle
Le cerveau Brain
La rate Spleen
L'utérus (m) Womb
Le nombril
Navel,
belly button
V: Body position
And here is the vocabulary for body positions :
French English
Debout Standing
Assis Seating
Couché Laying down
À genoux Kneeling
Accroupi Squatted
V: Common sentences
When you 'catch a cold' you 'attrapes un rhume'. When you're sick, tu es malade. When you wish to say that
parts of your body are sore, you say "J'ai mal au/à la/à l'/aux [body part] ...". Example: J'ai mal à la tete. (I
have a headache); J'ai mal aux dents (My teeth hurt).
E: 3.03 1 - Body Parts - Visual Memorization
Point to different parts of the body and recite its name in French par cœur.
Lesson 3.04 - Money
G: Personal Pronouns Review
Main article: w:French personal pronouns
Direct Objects
While the subject of a sentence initiates an action (the verb), the direct object is the one that is affected by
the action. A direct object pronoun is used to refer to the direct object of a previous sentence:
Pierre voit le cambrioleur. Pierre sees the burglar.
Pierre le voit. Pierre sees him.
The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:
French
me, m' te, t' le, l' la, l' nous vous les
English
me
1
you
1
him, it her, it
us
1
you
1
them
Notes:
1
me, te, nous, and vous are also used as indirect objects to mean to me, to you, to us, and to you
respectively.
The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
The direct object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
When the direct object comes before a verb in a perfect tense, a tense that uses a past participle, the
direct object must agree in gender and plurality with the past participle. For example, in te phrase Je
les ai eus, or I had them, the past participle would be spelled eus if the direct object, les, was referring
to a masculine object, and eues if les is referring to a feminine object.
Indirect Objects
An indirect object is an object that would be asked for with To whom...? or From whom...?. It is called
indirect because it occurs usually together with a direct object which is affected directly by the action:
Il donne du pain à Pierre. The man gives some bread to Pierre.
Il lui donne du pain. He gives bread to him.
The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:
French
me, m' te, t' lui nous vous leur
English
to me
1
to you
1
to him, to her
to us
1
to you
1
to them
Notes:
1
me, te, nous, and vous are also used as direct objects to mean me, you, us, and you respectively.
The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
The indirect object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
The indirect object pronouns do not agree with the past participle like the direct object pronouns do.
When me, te, nous, and vous are used in a perfect tense, the writer must decide whether they are used
as direct or indirect object pronouns. This is done by looking at the verb and seeing what type of
action is being performed.
The bread is given by the man (direct). Pierre gets the given apple (indirect).
The Pronoun Y
Indirect Object Pronoun - to it, to them
The French pronoun y is used to replace an object of a prepositional phrase introduced by à.
Je réponds aux questions. - J' y réponds.
I respond to the questions. - I respond to them.
Note that lui and leur, and not y, are used when the the object refers to a person or persons.
Replacement of Places - there
The French pronoun y replaces a prepositional phrase referring to a place that begins with any preoposition
except de (for which en is used).
Les hommes vont en France. - Les hommes y vont.
The men go to France - The men go there.
Note that en, and not y is used when the object is of the preposition de.
Idioms
Ça y est! - It's Done!
J'y suis! - I get it!
En
Note how we say Je veux du pain to say 'I want some bread' ? But what happens when we want to say 'I
want some' without specifying what we want? In these cases, we use the pronoun 'en'. As well, 'en' can mean
'of it' when 'it' is not specified. For instance, instead of saying J'ai besoin de l'argent, if the idea of money
has already been raised, we can just say 'J'en ai besoin'. This is because what en does is replace du, de la or
des when there is nothing after it.
Like with 'me', 'te' and other pronouns, en (meaning 'some') comes before the verb.
Tu joues du piano? Non, je n'en joue pas Do you play piano? No, I don't play it.
Vous prenez du poisson? Oui, j'en prends. Are you having fish? Yes, I'm having some.
Vous avez commandé de l'eau? Oui, nous en avons
commandé.
Did you order some water? Yes, we ordered
some.
G: Commands with Pronouns - L'impératif
When expressing positive commands, there are several rules one must remember when using object
pronouns. These are:
The pronouns are attached the the verb with a hyphen.
Retrouve-la. - Find it.
Me and Te become moi and toi.
Donnez-moi les vidéos. - Give me the videos.
Le, la, and les precede all other object pronouns.
Donnez-le-moi. - Give it to me.
G: Present Conditional
To conjugate a verb in the Conditional, one takes the infinitive and appends the same endings as when using
the imparfait, as according to the table:
Subject Add Ending Conjugated Verb
Je -ais réussirais
Tu -ais réussirais
Il / Elle / On -ait réussirait
Nous -ions réussirions
Vous -iez réussiriez
Ils / Elles -aient réussiraient
V: Forms of Payment
V: Economics
V: Handling Money
saving, investing, etc
V: Going to a Bank
Lesson 3.05 - Youth
G: Imperfect - Imparfait
The imparfait is used to "set the tone" of a past situation. An example in English being: "We were singing
when Dad came home." It tells what was going on when a particular action or event occurred. In French, the
above example would be: "Nous chantions quand papa est rentré."
In order to conjugate the imperfect,
take the 1st person plural of the verb you want to conjugate:
French Verb • Print version • audio (upload)
jouer to play
singular plural
first person
je joue nous jouons
second person
tu joues vous jouez
third person
il joue ils jouent
Remove the -ons ending to find the stem, and add these endings:
subject ending
jouer
(nous jouons)
finir
(nous finissons)
attendre
(nous attendons)
je -ais
jouais finissais attendais
tu -ais
jouais finissais attendais
il/elle/on -ait
jouait finissait attendait
nous -ions
jouions finissions attendions
vous -iez
jouiez finissiez attendiez
ils/elles -aient
jouaient finissaient attendaient
Note: The only verb that has an irregular stem (one not derived from the nous form of the present
idicative) is être. The imperfect endings are added to ét___. Every other verb uses the nous form of the
present indicative as its root.
G: Possesive Pronouns
Possessive pronouns replace possessive article + noun sets.
French Grammar • Print version • audio: One • Two (238 + 232 kb • help)
Possesive Pronouns Les pronoms possesifs
mon copain
my friend
ton copain
your friend
son copain
his/her friend
notre copain
our friend
votre copain
your friend
leur copain
their friend
le mien
mine
le tien
yours
le sien
his/hers
le nôtre
ours
le vôtre
yours
le leur
theirs
mes copains
my friends
tes copains
your friends
ses copains
his/her friends
nos copains
our friends
vos copains
your friends
leurs copains
their friends
les miens
mine
les tiens
yours
les siens
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs
ma copine
my friend
ta copine
your friend
sa copine
his/her friend
notre copine
our friend
votre copine
your friend
leurs copine
their friend
la mienne
mine
la tienne
yours
la sienne
his/hers
la nôtre
ours
la vôtre
yours
la leur
theirs
mes copines
my friends
tes copines
your friends
ses copines
his/her friends
nos copines
our friends
vos copines
your friends
leurs copines
their friends
les miennes
mine
les tiennes
yours
les siennes
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs
Vous avez votre voiture? - You have your car?
Oui, nous avons la nôtre. - Yes, we have ours.
À + a stress pronoun is used when the noun replaced is also the subject of the sentence. This usually occurs
in sentences with être.
Elle est ta voiture? - Is that your car?
Oui, elle est à moi. - Yes, it is mine.
G: Stem Changing Verbs Review
-exer Verbs
-exer are regular -er verbs, but also are stem changing. The stem change applies to all forms except nous and
vous. The stem change involves adding a grave accent ( ` ) over the e in the stem.
Tenses affected by this rule:
xer Verbs
Like -exer verbs, the accent aigu above the e ( é ) changes to an accent grave ( è ).
Tenses affected by this rule:
-yer Verbs
-yer verbs are regular -er verbs. However, when y is part of the last syllable, it changes to i in order to keep
the ay sound. In the present indicative of -yer verbs, this affects all forms except nous and vous.
Tenses affected by this rule:
appuyer
payer
Appeler
All forms except nous and vous have the l doubled.
Tenses affected by this rule:
-cer Verbs
The last c in the verb changes to ç in the nous form.
Tenses affected by this rule:
commencer
-ger Verbs
An e is added after the g in the nous form.
Tenses affected by this rule:
changer
manger
V: Children's Games and Toys
un hochet
un cheval de bois
une poupée
une dinette
un train électrique
des légos
un ours en peluche
une console de jeu (une nintendo, une gameboy, une ps2)
des jeux de société : le monopoly, le cluedo, la bonne paye
des "transformers"
V: The Carnival
See List of Party Words
V: French Children's Poems, Songs, and Stories
Petit Papa Noël
Petit Papa Noël
Quand tu descendras du ciel
Avec des jouets par milliers
N'oublies pas mes petits souliers
Mais avant de partir
Il faudra bien te couvrir
Dehors tu vas avoir si froid
C'est un peu à cause de moi
...
Lesson 3.06 - Adolescence
V: Pop Culture
General
un adolescent(m.) teenager
un pré-adolescent(m.) preteen
la paresse(f.) lazyness
Faire l'école buissonnière Skip classes
Flâner avec les copains Hang out with friends
Flics cops
policiers, gendarmes police officers
(petit) copain(m.), (petite) copine(f.) boyfriend, girlfriend
petit ami(m.), petite amie(f.) boyfriend, girlfriend
faire du shopping (France), magasiner (Canada) do some shopping
centre commercial(m.) (France), centre d'achats(m.)(Canada) shopping mall
puberté(f.) puberty
G: Pronominal Verbs Review
Pronominal verbs are verbs that, put simply, include pronouns. These pronouns are me, te, se, nous, and vous
and are used as either direct objects or indirect objects, depending on the verb that they modify. When
proniminal verbs are conjugated in perfect tenses, être is used as the auxiliary verb. There are three types of
pronominal verbs: reflexive verbs, reciprocal verbs, and naturally pronominal verbs.
Reflexive Verbs
Reflexive verbs reflect the action on the subject.
Je me lave. - I wash myself.
Nous nous lavons. - We wash ourselves.
Ils se lavent. - They wash themselves.
Reflexive verbs can also be used as infinitives.
Je vais me laver. - I'm going to wash myself.
Either the conjugated verb or the infinitive can be negated each with slightly different meanings.
Je ne vais pas me laver. - I'm not going to wash myself.
In perfect tenses, the past participles agree with the direct object pronoun, but not the indirect object
pronoun, in gender and plurality. Therefore it would only agree when the reflexive pronoun is the direct
object. Also remember that the past participle does not agree with the direct object if it goes after the verb.
Elle s'est lavée. - She washes herself.
Nous nous sommes lavé(e)s. - We wash ourselves.
Elle s'est lavé les mains. - She washed her hands.
Nous nous sommes lavé les mains. - We washed our hands.
Reciprocal Verbs
With reciprocal verbs, people perform actions to each other.
Nous nous aimons. - We like each other.
Like reflexive verbs, the past participle of reciprocal verbs agrees in number and gender with the direct
object if it goes before the verb. It therefore agrees with all reciprocal pronouns that function as direct
objects.
Nous nous sommes aimé(e)s. - We liked each other.
The reciprocal pronoun can also function as an indirect object without a direct object pronoun.
Nous nous sommes parlé. - We spoke to each other.
Elles se sont téléphoné. - They called to one another.
Vous vous êtes écrit souvent? - You write to each other often?
Naturally Pronominal Verbs
Some verbs are pronominal without performing a reflexive or reciprocal action. Tu te souviens? - You
remember?
In perfect tenses, these verbs agree with the direct object if it goes before the verb. Otherwise, the past
participle agrees with the subject.
Elle s'est souvenue. - She remembered.
Some verbs have different meanings as pronominal verbs.
rendre - to return, to give back
se rendre (à) - to go (to)
G: Imparfait vs. Passé Composé
The difference between the passe compose and l'imparfait can be difficult to master. The imperfect is used
for past habitual actions (Quand j'etais petite, je jouais au foot.), to set the scene (C'etait samedi. La lune
brillait.). The passé composé, as well as the passé simple, are used to express punctual actions. (Hier, j'ai
joué à Colin Maillard. La lune a brillé pendant trois nuits). This does not mean that the action had to happen
over a very short time, but that it is understood as a single punctual event, now finished. The imparfait will
express a more general statement while the passé composé will express a more precise action.
Examples:
Les singes criaient violemment lors de ma visite du zoo When I visited the zoo, the monkeys were loud.
Lorsque je suis passé devant leur cage, les singes ont crié
violemment
When I walked by their cage, the monkeys
shouted violently
G: Plus-Que-Parfait
The plus-que-parfait is used when there are two occurrences in the past and one wants to symbolise that one
occurrence happened before the other. In English, this is used in a phrase like "I had given him the toy
before he went to sleep." In this example, there are two past tenses, but they occur at different times. The
plus-que-parfait can be used to indicate the occurrence of one before the other. Essentially, the past before
the past.
In French, the plus-que-parfait is formed by conjugating the auxiliary verb in the imparfait and adding the
past participle. So to conjugate je mange (I eat) in the plus-que-parfait, one finds the appropriate auxiliary
verb (avoir), conjugates it (avais) and finds the past participle of manger (mangé). So, the conjugation of Je
mange in the plus-que-parfait becomes j'avais mangé or, in English, I had eaten.
Examples:
À ce moment, j'ai mangé le pain que tu m'avais
donné.
At that moment, I ate the bread that you had given
me
Tu m'avais déjà appelé, lorsque je suis parti. When I left, you had already called me
General Examples
J'ai parlé français. I spoke French (on one particular occasion).
Je parlais français. I spoke French (during a period of time, and I don't speak French any more).
Nous avons réussi à l'examen. We passed the test.
Il a été mon ami. He was my friend (and he is not my friend any more)
Il était mon ami lorsque... He was my friend when . . .
Ils ont fait leurs devoirs. They did their homework.
Il est venu. He came (and I don't need to say when)
Il vint le lendemain. He came the day after. (this is the passé simple)
Il venait tous les jours. He came/used to come every day.
Il était déjà venu. He had already come.
It should be noted that these examples are making use of all the possible past tenses; not just the
plus-que-parfait.
V: Mass Media
V: Part-Time Jobs
Lesson 3.07 - Ancient History
L'histoire de la France jusqu'en 1700.
G: Interrogative Pronouns
G: Passé Simple of Regular Verbs
Unlike English, there is a literary past tense, used when writing formally. This past tense is the passé simple.
It is relatively simple to predict when to use this tense: for every occurrence of the passé composé in
conversational French, one simply uses the passé simple in literary French. Note that the passé simple is not
a composed tense, and therefore does not have an auxiliary verb like the passé composé does.
Formation
To conjugate in this tense, one finds the stem and appends the following, as according to the table:
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
The Simple Past Le passé simple
Subject Ending Conjugated Verb English
Je -ai Je dansai. I danced.
Tu -as Tu dansas. You danced.
Il -a Il dansa. He danced.
Nous -âmes Nous dansâmes. We danced
Vous -âtes Vous dansâtes. You danced.
Ils -èrent Ils dansèrent. They danced.
Regular Normally-Irregular Verbs
The following verbs are irregular in the present indicative, but are regular in their passé simple stems.
Infinitive Stem Je...
-ir verbs
dormir
dorm dormis
partir
part partis
sentir
sent sentis
servir
serv servis
sortir
sort sortis
-rir Verbs
couvrir
couvr couvris
découvrir
découvr découvris
offrir
offr offris
ouvrir
ouvr ouvris
souffrir
souffr souffris
-re Verbs
combattre
combatt combattis
rompre
romp rompis
suivre
suiv suivis
Exercises
Complétez les phrases suivantes en conjuguant les verbes au passé simple:
1. J'_____ (entrer) dans le tour.
2. Tout d'un coup, mon ami ____ (tomber).
3. Nous _________ (monter) l'éscalier.
4. Je _____ (dire) aux professeurs qu'il _______ (regarder) la télé.
5. Ils t'_______ (offrir) le plat, et tu le _______ (laisser) tomber.
V: Farming and Peasant Life
V: Noble Life
V: The King
V: The Renaissance
V: The Reformation
Lesson 3.08 - Revolution!
Déclaration des Droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen - Historical Text for this lesson.
G: Passé Simple of Irregular Verbs
Some passé simple stems are based off the past participle. Others must be memorized.
Ending Formation
-i_ Endings
je tu il nous vous ils
-is -is -it -îmes -îtes irent
-in_ Endings
je tu il nous vous ils
-ins -ins -int -înmes -întes inrent
-u_ Endings
je tu il nous vous ils
-us -us -ut -ûmes -ûtes urent
Irregular Verb List
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Simple Past Irregular Verbs Des verbes irréguliers du passé simple
Infinitive
Past
Part.
Stem Passé simple
je tu il nous vous ils
-i_ Endings
s'asseoir assis ass
m'assis t'assis s'assit nous assîmes vous assîtes s'assirent
conduire conduis
conduisis conduisis conduisit conduisîmes conduisîtes conduisirent
conquérir conquis conqu
conquis conquis conquit conquîmes conquîtes conquirent
construire construis
construisis construisis construisit construisîmes construisîtes construisirent
craindre craign
craignis craignis craignit craignîmes craignîtes craignirent
dire dit d
dis dis dit dîmes dîtes dirent
faire f
fis fis fit fîmes fîtes firent
écrire écriv
écrivis écrivis écrivit écrivîmes écrivîtes écrivirent
mettre mis m
mis mis mit mîmes mîtes mirent
naître naqu
naquis naquis naquit naquîmes naquîtes naquirent
peindre peign
peignis peignis peignit peignîmes peignîtes peignirent
prendre pris pr
pris pris prit prîmes prîtes prirent
rejoindre rejoin
rejoignis rejoignis rejoignit rejoignîmes rejoignîtes rejoignirent
rire ri r
ris ris rit rîmes rîtes rirent
sourire souri sour
souris souris sourit sourîmes sourîtes sourirent
vaincre vainqu
vainquis vainquis vainquit vainquîmes vainquîtes vainquirent
-in_ Endings
devenir dev
devins devins devin devînmes devîntes devinrent
tenir t
tins tins tint tînmes tîntes tinrent
venir v
vins vins vint vînmes vîntes vinrent
-u_ Endings
avoir eu e
eus eus eut eûmes eûtes eurent
boire bu b
bus bus but bûmes bûtes burent
connaître connus conn
connus connus connut connûmes connûtes connurent
courir couru cour
courus courus courut courûmes courûtes coururent
croire cru cr
crus crus crut crûmes crûtes crurent
devoir d
dus dus dut dûmes dûtes durent
être f
fus fus fut fûmes fûtes furent
falloir fallu fall
fallus fallus fallut fallûmes fallûtes fallurent
lire lut l
lus lus lut lûmes lûtes lurent
mourir mour
mourus mourus mourut mourûmes mourûtes moururent
plaire plu pl
plus plus plut plûmes plûtes plurent
pleuvoir plu pl
= = plut = = =
pouvoir pu p
pus pus put pûmes pûtes purent
recevoir reçu reç
reçus reçus reçut reçûmes reçûtes reçurent
savoir su s
sus sus sut sûmes sûtes surent
valoir valu val
valus valus valut valûmes valûtes valurent
vivre vécu véc
vécus vécus vécut vécûmes vécûtes vécurent
vouloir voulu voul
voulus voulus voulut voulûmes voulûtes voulurent
G: Relative Pronouns Qui and Que
Les pronoms relatifs qui et que
relative pronouns begin adjective clauses
the man that was here
the man that I saw
qui is the subject of the clause it introduces
Je vois l'homme qui l'a fait. - I see the man that did it.
L'homme qui l'a fait est ici. - The man that did it is here.
que is the direct object of the clause it introduces
Il est l'homme que j'ai vu. - He is the man that I have seen.
remember that in perfect tenses, the past participle agrees with the direct object in gender and plurality
if the direct object comes before the verb
Elles sont les femmes que j'ai vues. - They are the women that I have seen.
If que is followed by a vowel, it is shortened to qu'.
Il est l'homme qu'il a vu. - He is the man that he has seen.
qui is never shortened, even when followed by a vowel
qui and que can modify both people and things
Je vois la voiture qui est cassé. - I see the car that is broken.
qui and que can modify both masculine and feminine nouns
qui and que can modify both singular and plural nouns
in the phrases ce qui and ce que, which literally mean that which, but more naturally mean what, ce is
the noun
V: French Revolution
V: Democracy
V: The Napoleonic Era
V: Post-Napoleon France
V: The Industrial Revolution
V: The Enlightenment
Les Lumières
Jean-Jacques Rousseau Voltaire Denis Diderot
Lesson 3.09 - Modern France
G: Past Conditional
The past conditional is fairly simple to form. It is used to express what you would have done if a certain
condition had been met (I would have gone to school).
To form the past conditional, you put the auxiliary verb into the conditional and add the past participle of the
verb like so: Je serais allé(e) à l'école, mais j'étais malade.
G: Comparative
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
The Comparative Le Comparatif
Adjectives
Sub. + Verb Comparative Adjective Comparative Object
Je suis
plus
intelligent
que
toi.
I am
more
intelligent
than
you
Je suis
moins
intelligent
que
toi.
I am
less
intelligent
than
you
Je suis
aussi
intelligent
que
toi.
I am
as
intelligent
as
you.
Adverbs
Sub. + Verb Comparative Adverb Comparative Object
Je vois
plus/aussi/moins
clairement
que
toi.
I see
more
as
less
clearly
than
as
than
you.
Verbs
Sub. Verb Comparative Comparative Object
Je joue
plus/autant/moins que
toi.
I play
more
as much
less
than
as
than
you.
Nouns
Sub. + Verb Comparative Noun Comparative Object
Je joue à
plus de
autant de
moins de
jeux
que
toi
I play
more
as many
less/fewer
games
than
as
than
you.
G: Superlative
le/la/les + plus/moins + un adjectif
le/la/les + meilleur(e)(s)/mieux/pire
G: Asking Questions
Copy from French/Grammar/Sentences when complete.
V: The 20th Century
V: 20th Century Advancements and Changes
V: Modern War
Europaturm
Paris, France
La Tour Eiffel
Lesson 3.10 - Current Events
G: Future Perfect
In French, the future perfect tense is called the futur antérieur.
Formation
The future perfect is a perfect tense, and therefore consists of an auxiliary verb and a past participle. The
auxiliary verb, avoir or être, is conjugated in the future tense. All rules that apply to the passé composé and
other perfect tenses, such as certain verbs using être as an auxiliary verb, apply to the future perfect as well.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
The Future Perfect Le futur antérieur
parler passer
Subject Avoir Conj. Past Part. Subject Être Conj. Past Part.
j' aurai parlé je serai passé(e)
tu auras parlé tu seras passé(e)
il aura parlé il sera passé
elle aura parlé elle sera passée
nous aurons parlé nous serons passé(e)s
vous aurez parlé vous serez passé(e)(s)
ils auront parlé ils seront passés
elles auront parlé elles seront passées
Use
Phrases constructed in the future perfect tense mean "will have ___ed" in both French and English. This
construction is used to say that before an event occurs, something else "will have" occurred by that time.
G: Demonstrative Pronouns
G: Stating If...
V: News
un quotidien a daily newspaper
un hebdomadaire a weekly magazine
l'actualité news, current events
les nouvelles news
les faits divers local news items
se tenir informé(e) to stay informed
la une the frontpage
V: France's Role in Global Politics
V: French Social Problems
le cambrioleur burglar
un voleur a thief
l'incendie (f.) fire
le vandalisme vandalism
l'acte de terrorisme (m.) or un attentat terrorism
la criminalité crime
V: European Union
V: French Government
L'élection présidentielle :
Le président de la république est élu pour 5 ans au suffrage
universel direct. L'élection comporte 2 tours : au premier tour
la plupart des partis, petits ou grands, proposent un candidat. Il
existe aussi de nombreux candidats soutenus par aucun parti. Il
y a souvent entre 10 et 15 candidats au premier tour. Les 2
candidats arrivant en tête au premier tour s'affrontent lors du
deuxième tour. En général, il y a un candidat du PS et un
candidat de l'UMP au deuxième tour.
En 2002, à la surprise générale, Jean-Marie Le Pen (FN) est
arrivé deuxième au premier tour devant Lionel Jospin (PS). Le
second tour a donc opposé Jacques Chirac (UMP) et
Jean-Marie Le Pen (FN). Jacques Chirac l'a largement emporté
avec 80% des voix.
Le Président de la République est le chef des armées et il
désigne le Premier Ministre.
L'Assemblée Nationale :
Les députés sont élus au suffrage universel direct à 2 tours.
Les députés peuvent renversé le gouvernement si la politique qu'il conduit ne leur convient pas.
Le Premier Ministre doit alors démissionner. Le Président de la République est donc obligé de
choisir un Premier Ministre ayant la majorité des députés à l'Assemblée Nationale.
L'Assemblée Nationale vote les lois proposées par le gouvernement.
Le sénat :
Il est élu au suffrage indirect : seul les maires et les autres élus peuvent voter pour les sénateurs. Les
sénateurs peuvent modifier certaines lois mais ont assez peu de pouvoir.
Questions
Combien de tours l'élection du président comporte-t-elle ?
Y a-t-il des candidats qui ne sont pas soutenus par un parti ?
Qui a gagné l'élection de 2002 au second tour ? Qui a perdu ?
French government
V: French Politics
Quelques hommes politiques
Le Parti Socialiste (PS) : Lionel Jospin, François Hollande, Ségolène
Royal, Jack Lang,....
L'UMP : Jacques Chirac (Président de la République), Dominique de
Villepin (Premier ministre), Nicolas Sarkozy
(ministre de l'Intérieur)
L'UDF : François Bayrou.
Le Parti Communiste Français (PCF) :
Marie-Georges Buffet
Les Verts : Dominique Voynet
Front national (FN) : Jean-Marie Le Pen (extrême
droite)
La ligue Communiste Révolutionnaire (LCR) :
Olivier Besancenot.
Lutte Ouvrière(LO) : Arlette Laguiller.
La politique en France
En France, les partis politiques sont de droite ou de
gauche.
à droite : l'UMP, l'UDF et le Front National
(FN).
à gauche : le PS, les Verts, le PCF, la LCR et
LO.
En 2005, le gouvernement est soutenu par l'UMP.
L'UDF et l'UMP sont actuellement fachés mais ils
ont souvent gouverné ensemble. Le FN est un parti
souvent classé à l'extrême-droite et certains
l'accusent de racisme. L'UMP et l'UDF refusent
tout contact avec le FN.
Les gouvernements de gauche sont composés de membres du Parti Socialiste, de quelques membres du PCF
et des Verts. La LCR et LO sont souvent classés à l'extrême gauche et refusent de participer à tout
gouvernement.
File:Paul Biya.jpg
President of the Republic
Jacques Chirac on the right.
French political party division.
GRAMMAR
Grammar Contents
Information
Adjectives1.
Adverbs2.
Grammatical Gender3.
Negation4.
Prepositions5.
Sentences6.
Tenses7.
Verbs8.
Un fleuve au pont de Sainte-Marguerite
Adjectives
Just like articles, French adjectives also have to match the nouns that they modify in gender and plurality.
Regular formation
Spelling
Most adjective changes occur in the following manner:
Feminine: add an -e to the masculine form
un garçon intéressant --> une fille intéressante
un ami amusant --> une amie amusante
un camion lent --> une voiture lente
Plural: add an -s to the singular form
un garçon intéressant --> des garçons intéressants
une fille intéressante --> des filles intéressantes
Pronunciation
Generally, the final consonant is pronounced only when it comes before an -e. Most adjectives, such as those
above, are affected by this rule.
Masculine Pronuciation: intéressan, amusan, len
Feminine Pronunciation: intéressant, amusant, lent
Irregular formation
Irregular plural formation
Examples
M Sing. --> M. Pl. Masc. Singular --> Masc. Plural Notes
No change
-s -s
un plafond bas
un gros porc
des plafonds bas
des gros porcs
-x -x
un homme
généreux
un garçon furieux
des hommes
généreux
des garçons furieux
Add x
-eau -eaux un nouveau jeu des nouveaux jeux
-al -aux un vent hivernal des vents hivernaux
Exceptions: fatal (fatals),
final (finals) & naval
(navals)
Irregular feminine formation
Examples
Masc. --> Fem. Masculine --> Feminine Notes
No change
-e -e
égoïste, populaire, sociable,
timide,
énergique, dynamique,
sympathique
* When the masc. form ends in an -e, there is
no change.
* The final consonant is pronounced on the
masc. form.
Final
Consonant
Doubled
-el -elle cruel cruelle
When an adjective has one of these endings,
the ending of
the feminine form is doubled. There is no
change of
pronunciation when changing from -el to -elle.
-il is pronounced "ee" (as in keen), while -ille
is similar, with a final yod (pronounced like
"ee" in keen with a "y" on the end: [ij] ).
-on is pronounced ohhn and -onne is
pronounced uhhne.
-en is pronounced euhn and -enne is
pronounced ehne.
-os is pronounced oh and -osse is pronounced
ohse.
-as is pronounced ah and -asse is pronounced
ahse.
-il -ille gentil gentille
-on -onne
bon
breton
bonne
bretonne
-en -enne
ancien
parisien
ancienne
parisienne
-os -osse gros grosse
-as -asse bas basse
-c
change
-c -che
blanc
franc
blanche
franche
-eur
change
-eur -euse
accrocheur
prometteur
accrocheuse
prometteuse
-eux
change
-eux -euse
furieux
généreux
furieuse
généreuse
-eux is pronounced euhh and -euse is
pronounced euhsse.
-g
change
-g -gue long longue
-if
change
-if -ive
sportif
actif
sportive
active
er
change
-er -ère
étranger
cher
étrangère
chère
-er is pronounced ay and -ère is pronounced
air, though exceptions such as "cher" exist in
which both forms are pronounced with an
ending similar to the word "air".
-et
change
-et -ète
inquiet
complet
inquiète
complète
-et is pronounced ay and -ète is pronounced
ette.
-ou
change
-ou /
-ol
-olle
fou, fol
mou, mol
folle
molle
-ol forms occur before a vowel or mute h.
Special rules
Adjectives that precede nouns
List
Adjectives that are used frequently before nouns. These are:
beau (belle)
joli(e)
nouveau (nouvelle)
vieux (vieille)
jeune +
bon(ne) +
gentil (gentille)
mauvais(e)
vilain(e)
grand(e) +
petit(e)
court(e) +
long(ue)
gros(se) +
large
haut(e)
affreux (affreuse)
dernier (dernière) +
méchant(e) +
meilleur(e)
pauvre
autre
+ sometimes placed after a noun, and may change in meaning
When these adjectives appear before an indefinite plural noun, they will change the article associated with it:
des garçons courageux / de beaux garçons
Changes in meaning
When grand goes before a noun, it means great. However, when it goes after the noun, it means tall.
Likewise, when pauvre goes before a noun, it means unfortunate. When it comes after the noun, it means
financially poor. This rule works most of the time, but be careful, "pauvre" can mean "financially poor" even
when used before the nouns.
Beau, nouveau, and vieux
These three adjectives behave differently when placed before a singular masculine noun starting with a
vowel or silent h:
Masc. Sing. Cons. Masc. Sing Vowel Masc. Plural Fem. Sing. (all) Fem. Plural
Beau
un beau garçon un bel individu de beaux garçons une belle fillette de belles fillettes
Nouveau
un nouveau camion un nouvel ordre de nouveaux ordres une nouvelle idée de nouvelles idées
Vieux
un vieux camion un vieil ordre de vieux camions une vieille idée de vieilles idées
Possessive adjectives
In English, we say "her car" when the owner of the car is a woman and "his car" when the owner is a man. In
French, they say "sa voiture" even if the owner is a male. It is not the owner who determines the gender of
the possessive adjective but the object owned.
First person singular - mon, ma, mes
Second person singular (informal) - ton, ta, tes
Third person singular - son, sa, ses
First person plural - notre, notre, nos
Second person plural (and polite form) - votre, votre, vos
Third person plural - leur, leur, leurs
Note: Exception. When a feminine noun starts with a vowel or silent 'h', you should utilize "Mon" instead of
"Ma". Example:
Demonsrative adjectives
There are four adjectives that demonstrate a specific object:
Ce garçon (masculin)
Cet ami (masculin before vowel or silent h)
Cette fille (feminine)
Ces enfants (plural)
Mon ami = ok
Ma amie = error!
Mon amie = ok.
Adverbs
French adverbs, like their English counterparts, are used to modify adjectives, other adverbs, and verbs or
clauses. They do not display any inflection; that is, their form does not change to reflect their precise role,
nor any characteristics of what they modify.
Formation
In French, as in English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives. In most cases, this is done by adding the
suffix -ment ("-ly") to the adjective's feminine singular form. For example, the feminine singular form of
lent ("slow") is lente, so the corresponding adverb is lentement ("slowly"); similarly, heureux
heureusement ("happy" "happily").
As in English, however, the adjective stem is sometimes modified to accommodate the suffix:
If the adjective ends in an i, then -ment is added to the masculine singular (default) form, rather than to
the feminine singular form:
vrai vraiment ("real" "really")
poli poliment ("polite" "politely")
If the adjective ends in -ant or -ent, then the corresponding adverb ends in -amment or -emment,
respectively:
constant constamment ("constant" "constantly")
récent récemment ("recent" "recently")
Some adjectives make other changes:
précis précisément ("precise" "precisely")
gentil gentiment ("nice" "nicely")
Some adverbs are derived from adjectives in completely irregular fashions, not even using the suffix -ment:
bon bien ("good" "well")
mauvais mal ("bad" "badly")
meilleur mieux ("better"-adjective "better"-adverb)
pire pire ("worse"-adjective "worse"-adverb)
And, as in English, many common adverbs are not derived from adjectives at all:
ainsi ("thus" or "thusly")
Placement
The placement of French adverbs is almost the same as the placement of English adverbs.
An adverb that modifies an adjective or adverb comes before that adjective or adverb:
complètement vrai ("completely true")
pas possible ("not possible")
tellement discrètement ("so discreetly")
An adverb that modifies an Infinitive (verbal noun) generally comes after the infinitive:
marcher lentement ("to walk slowly")
But negative adverbs, such as pas ("not"), plus ("not any more"), and jamais come before the infinitive:
ne pas marcher ("not to walk")
An adverb that modifies a main verb or clause comes either after the verb, or before the clause:
Lentement il commença à marcher or Il commença lentement à marcher ("Slowly, he began to walk"
or "He began slowly to walk").
Note that, unlike in English, this is true even of negative adverbs:
Jamais je n'ai fait cela or Je n'ai jamais fait cela ("Never have I done that" or "I've never done that")
List of common adverbs
après
afterwards
On va au cinéma après
We'll go to the cinema afterwards
1.
also a preposition2.
Grammatical Gender
Gender of nouns
In French, all nouns have a grammatical gender, that is, they are masculine or feminine for the purposes of
grammar only.
Most nouns that express entities with gender (people and animals) use both a feminine form and a masculine
form, for example, the two words for "actor" in French are acteur (m) and actrice (f).
The nouns that express entities without gender (e.g., objects and abstract concepts) have only one form. This
form can be masculine or feminine. For example, la voiture (the car) can only be feminine; le stylo (the pen)
can only be masculine.
There are some nouns that express entities with gender for which there is only one form, which is used
regardless of the actual gender of the entity, for example, the word for person; personne; is always feminine,
even if the person is male, and the word for teacher; professeur; is always masculine even if the teacher is
female.
With all that being said, there are three nouns in French where gender is altered when put in the plural form:
amour (un bel amour => des belles amours orgue délice
Examples
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •113 kb • help)
Gender of Nouns Genre des Noms
Masculine
Common Endings Used
With Masculine Nouns:
le cheval the horse
-age
le fromage
the cheese
le chien the dog
-r
le professeur
the teacher
le livre the book
-t
le chat
the cat
le bruit the noise
-isme
le capitalisme
capitalism
Feminine
Common Endings Used
With Feminine Nouns:
la colombe the dove
-ie
la boulangerie
the bakery
la chemise the shirt
-ion
la nation
the nation
la maison the house
-ite/-ité
la fraternité
brotherhood
la liberté liberty
-nce
la balance
the scales
-nne
-mme
-lle
la fille
the girl
l’indienne
the Indian
Unfortunately, there are many exceptions in French which can only be learned. There are even words that
are spelled the same, but have a different meaning when masculine or feminine; for example, un livre (m)
means a book, but une livre (f) means a pound! Some words that appear to be masculine (like la photo,
which is actually short for la photographie) are in fact feminine, and vice versa. Then there are some that
just don't make sense; la foi is feminine and means a belief, whereas le foie means liver. To help overcome
this hurdle which many beginners find very difficult, be sure to learn the genders along with the words.
Definite and indefinite articles
The definite article
In English, the definite article is always “the”.
In French, the definite article is changed depending on the noun's:
Gender1.
Plurality2.
First letter of the word3.
There are three definite articles and an abbreviation. "Le" is used for masculine nouns, "La" is used for
feminine nouns, "Les" is used for plural nouns (both masculine or feminine), and "L' " is used when the
noun begins with a vowel or silent "h" (both masculine or feminine). It is similar to english, where "a"
changes to "an" before a vowel.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •78 kb • help)
The Definite Article L'article défini
singular
feminine la la fille the daughter
masculine le le fils the son
singular, starting with a vowel sound l’ l’enfant the child
plural les
les filles the daughters
les fils the sons
les enfants the children
Note: Unlike English, the definite article is used to talk about something in a general sense, a general
statement or feeling about an idea or thing.
The indefinite article
In English, the indefinite articles are "a" and "an". "Some" is used as a plural article in English.
Again, indefinite articles in French take different forms depending on gender and plurality. The articles "Un"
and "une" literally mean "one" in French.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •55 kb • help)
The Indefinite Article L'article indéfini
singular
feminine une une fille a daughter
masculine un un fils a son
plural des
des filles some daughters
des fils
1
some sons
1
"des fils" does mean "some sons" but is a homograph: it can also mean "some threads"
Also note that des, like les is used in French before plural nouns when no article is used in English. Let's
imagine you are looking at photographs in an album. In English, we would say "I am looking at
photographs." In French, you cannot say, "Je regarde photographies," you must tell which photographs you
are looking at using an article. If you were looking at a set of specific pictures, you would say "Je regarde les
photographies." ("I am looking at the photographs.") If you were just flipping through the album, looking at
nothing in particular, you would say, "Je regard des photographies." ("I am looking at some photographs.")
Subject pronouns
French has six different types of pronouns: the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person singular and the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
person plural.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (info •61 kb • help)
Subject Pronouns Les pronoms soumis
1st person
singular je I
plural nous we
2nd person
singular tu you
plural vous you
3rd person
singular il, elle, on he, she, one
plural ils, elles
they (masculine)
they (feminine)
When referring to more than one person in the 2nd person, “vous” must be used. When referring to a single
person, “vous” or “tu” may be used depending on the situation; see notes in lesson 1.
In addition to the nuances between vous and tu, as discussed in lesson 1, French pronouns carry meanings
that do not exist in English pronouns. The French third person "on" has several meanings, but most closely
matches the now archaic English "one". While in English, "One must be very careful in French grammar"
sounds old-fashioned, the French equivalent "On doit faire très attention à la grammaire française" is quite
acceptable. Also, while the third person plural "they" has no gender in English, the French equivalents "ils"
and "elles" do. However, when pronounced, they normally sound the same as "il" and "elle", so
distinguishing the difference requires understanding of the various conjugations of the verbs following the
pronoun. Also, if a group of people consists of both males and females, the male form is used, even if there
is only one male in a group of thousands of females.
In everyday language, “on” is used, instead of “nous”, to express “we”; the verb is always used in the 3rd
person singular. For example, to say "We (are) meeting at 7 o'clock", you could say either “On se rencontre
au cinéma à sept heures.” (colloquial) or “Nous nous rencontrons au cinéma à sept heures.” (formal). For
more, see the Wikipedia entry.
Negation
ne..pas
Simple negation is done by wrapping ne...pas around the verb.
Je ne vole pas. - I do not steal.
In a perfect tense, ne...pas wraps around the auxillary verb, not the participle.
Je n'ai pas volé. - I haven't stolen.
When an infinitive and conjugated verb are together, ne...pas usually wraps around the conjugated
verb.
Je ne veux pas voler. - I do not want to steal.
ne pas can also go directly in front of the infinitive for a different meaning.
Je veux ne pas voler. - I want not to steal.
ne goes before any pronoun relating to the verb it affects.
Je ne l'ai pas volé. - I did not steal it.
Nous ne nous aimons pas. - We do not love each other.
Other negative expressions
ne...aucun(e) not any, none, no
ne...jamais never
ne...ni...ni neither...nor
ne...pas du tout not at all
ne...pas encore not yet
ne...personne nobody
ne...plus no longer
ne...guère hardly
ne...que only
ne...rien nothing
ne...personne wraps around the entire verb set.
Je ne l'ai donné à personne. - I did not give it to anyone.
Je ne veux le donner à personne. - I do not want to give it to anybody.
ne...ni...ni requires two objects, either direct or indirect, and comes before them.
Je ne l'ai donné ni à mon frère, ni à ma sœur. - I gave it neither to my brother nor my sister.
Je ne peux voir ni mon frère ni ma sœur. - I am able to see neither my brother nor my sister.
In ne...aucun(e), aucun(e) goes before an object.
Il n'a aucun ami. Aucun. - He has no friend. None.
Il n'a aucune feuille de papier. Aucune. - He has no sheet of paper. None.
Il n'a qu'une feuille de papier. - He has only one piece of paper.
Je ne peux guère voir mon frère et ma sœur - I can hardly see my brother and sister.
Spoken French
Now, the 'ne' sometimes disappears when one speaks. However, it is always used in written French and for
formal conversations.
Je ne l'ai donné à personne (I didn't give it to anyone)
Je ne sais pas (I don't know)
Summary
To say not, never or other negative verbs you have to 'sandwich' the negative words around a verb.
Example:
Il n'y a pas de cinéma. (meaning: "There is not a cinema")
On ne peut jamais aller en boite. (meaning: "You can never go partying")
Il n' y a rien à faire ici. (meaning: "There is nothing to do here")
If " ne " is before a vowel then it changes to " n' ".
Prepositions
Common prepositions
Prepostion Translation Example Notes
à
1. to
2. at
3. of
4. in
Je vais à Paris. -- I am going to Paris.
Je pars à cinq heures. -- I am leaving at five
C'est un ami à moi. -- This is a friend of
mine.
C'est la voiture à John. -- This is John's car.
-Expresses a report/ratio of place
(to), time (at),
possession (of or 's), means,
manner, price.
- Introduced a complement of
indirect object or a complement
of attribution, a complement of
the name or adjective.
à côté de
next to,
besides
Le chien est à côté du (du= de le) chat. The
Dog is next to the cat.
à l'intérieur
de
inside
l'air à l'intérieur de la maison
the air inside the house
Alternative: dedans (rarely used
as a preposition)
après after
On mange après avoir bu
We eat after we drink
Also an adverb.
avec with
Ils sont avec leurs familles. They are with
their Families.
chez at the home of Il est allé chez lui. He went home.
dans in
Les livres sont dans la bibliothèque. The
books are in the library.
Synonym: en
de
1. of, from
2. about
Also an indefinite artcle.
Contractions: du, des
IPA: /də/
derrière behind
Vos clés sont derrière votre lit. Your keys
are behind your bed.
devant in front of
en in
Used mostly to indicate distance
in time or space.
Also a pronoun.
ici here
Il est ici. He Is Here.
there
Où est-elle? Elle est là, dans cette
maison-. Where is she? She is in that
house over there.
loin de far
Le lycée est loin de la plage. The School is
far from the beach.
par
1. through
2. by, for
Also a noun: le par - (golf) par
près de near
La bibliothèque est près de la plage. The
Library is near the beach
pour for
Ils l'ont fait pour toi. They made it for you.
IPA: /pur/
sans without
Elles veulent avoir une fête sans alcool.
They want to have a party without alcohol.
sous under
La terre est sous le ciel. The Earth is under
the sky.
sur
1. on
2. upon
3. on top of
4. above
5. out of
6. sept sur dix
(seven out of
ten)
La maison est sur la terre. The house is on
top of the ground
Synonyms: au-dessus de (above)
Antonyms: sous (below, under)
Antonyms: dessous,
au-dessous-de (below)
Also an adjective: m sing,
meaning sure
IPA: /syr/ (audio)
Pronouns
Subject pronouns
Singular Plural
First person
(I)
Second person
(you)
Third person
(he, she, it)
First person
(we, us)
Second person
(you)
Third person
(they)
Je Tu, (Vous*) Il, Elle, On** Nous Vous Ils, Elles***
* Tu is informal and used only with well-known acquaintances. In case of unknown persons you have to use
the polite form Vous. A good example, to explain that is the following: If two business acquaintances meet
another, they say Vous. If they later fall in love, they say Tu. When unsure, it is better to say "vous." Also,
grammatically, even the singular form of "vous" behaves as though it were a plural, so even if you are
addressing only one person, you would still use verbal grammar consistent with addressing multiple people,
similar to English (as in "you are", "you [all] are", "they are.") Nevertheless, the adjectives or past participles
are declined according to the true number of the referring pronoun.
Examples, addressing one person:
Tu chantes - you sing (informal)
Vous chantez - you sing (polite) - (also, to address many persons)
Tu es grand - You are tall (informal)
Vous êtes grand - You are tall (polite, male)
Vous êtes grande - You are tall (polite, female)
Examples, addressing many persons:
Vous êtes grands - You are tall (informal or polite, male, many persons)
Vous êtes grandes - You are tall (informal or polite, female, many persons)
** - Il denotes masculine nouns, elle denotes feminine nouns, and on is for indeterminate subjects (see
below).
*** - Ils is used with all-male or mixed groups, elles is only used when all members of the group are female.
Examples:
Jack et Philipp parlent - Jack and Philipp speak
Ils parlent - They speak (all-male group)
Jack et Lucy parlent - Jack and Lucy speak
Ils parlent - They speak (mixed group)
Lucy et Dina parlent - Lucy and Dina speak
Elles parlent - They speak (all female group)
The pronoun on
The subject pronoun on is similar to the English personal pronoun one, except that it is not so formal, and is
more common. It has a number of uses:
It is used in the same ways as the English personal pronoun one:
It is used in expressing generalities: « C'est en forgeant qu'on devient forgeron. » ("It is by
blacksmithing that one becomes a blacksmith.")
It is the implicit subject for an infinitive that has no other implicit subject: « penser qu'on a
raison » ("to think that one is right," i.e. "to think oneself right").
Because of French's limited passive voice, it is often used as an empty subject when the agent is
unknown or unimportant: « On me l'a donné. » ("[On] gave it to me" or "I was given it" or "It was
given to me.")
It is used as a less formal substitute for the subject pronoun nous (we). In this case, note that even
though on always takes a third-person singular verb, it takes plural adjectives (« On est américains »,
"We're American"). Also, note that the other forms of nous (direct object, indirect object, and
disjunctive) are not replaced by forms of on unless on is the subject as well. (Hence, « Ils nous l'ont
donné », "They gave it to us," but « On se l'est donné », "We gave it to ourselves.")
It is not the number 1, and therefore is not used to mean "one of them." In French as in English,
numbers can be used as pronouns — « Deux sont entrés et un est ressorti »,
"Two went in and one came back out" — but the number 1 is un(e), not on.
On does not have ordinary direct- and indirect-object pronouns, only the reflexive pronoun se. Similarly, its
disjunctive-pronoun form, soi, is only used when on is the subject and soi refers to the same entity. The
pronoun quelqu'un ("someone") can fill some of the roles of on, in the same way that one and someone are
sometimes interchangeable in English.
me, te, nous, and vous
Direct and indirect object pronouns
Meanings
me - me, to me
te - you, to you (singular, informal)
lui - to him/her
nous - us, to us
vous - you, to you (plural, formal)
leur - to them
Place in sentences
These pronouns are placed before the verb that they modify
Je te vois. - I see you.
Je veux te voir. - I want to see you.
If a perfect tense is used, these pronouns go before the auxillary verb.
Je t'ai vu. - I saw you.
Direct object replacement
Il me voit. - He sees me.
Il te voit. - He sees you.
Il nous voit. - He sees us.
Il vous voit. - He sees you.
Indirect Object Replacement
Il m'appelle. - He calls to me.
Il te le jette. - He throws it to you.
Il nous le jette. - He throws it to us.
Il vous le jette. - He throws it to you.
l', le, la, and les
l', le, la, and les are pronouns which are used as direct objects and hence are called direct object pronouns. A
direct object is a noun that receives the action of a verb.
Il jette la boule. - He throws the ball.
In the above sentence la boule is the direct object.
You have learned earlier that names and regular nouns can be replaced by the subject pronouns (je, tu...).
Similarly, direct objects, such as "la boule", can be replaced by pronouns.
le - replaces a masculine singular direct object
la - replaces a feminine singular direct object
l' - replaces le and la if they come before a vowel
les - replaces plural direct objects, both masculine and feminine
The direct object pronouns come before the verb they are linked to.
Il la jette. - He throws it.
Il les jettes. - He throws them.
lui and leur
Indirect objects are prepositional phrases with the object of the preposition. An indirect object is a noun that
receives the action of a verb.
Il jette la boule à Jacques. - He throws the ball to Jack.
Il jette la boule à Marie. - He throws the ball to Mary.
Il jette la boule à Jacques et Marie. - He throws the ball to Jack and Mary.
Lui and leur are indirect object pronouns. They replace nouns referring to people and mean to him/her and to
them respectively.
lui - replaces a singular masculine or feminine indirect object referring to a human
leur - replaces a plural masculine or feminine indirect object referring to a human
An example follows:
Il lui jette la boule. - He throws the ball to him.
Il lui jette la boule. - He throws the ball to her.
Il leur jette la boule. - He throws the ball to them.
Whether lui means to him or to her is given by context.
In English, "He throws him the ball" is also said, and means the same thing.
When used with the direct object pronouns le, la, and les, lui and leur come after those pronouns.
Il la lui jette. - He throws it to him.
Note that while le, la, and les are used to replace people or inanimate objects, lui and leur are not used to
replace innanimate objects and things.
Also note that unlike le and la, which are shortened to l' when followed by a vowel, lui is never shortened
y
Indirect object pronoun - to it, to them
The French pronoun y is used to replace an object of a prepositional phrase introduced by a.
Je réponds aux questions. - J' y réponds.
I respond to the questions. - I respond to them.
Note that lui and leur, and not y, are used when the object refers to a person or persons.
Replacement of places - there
The French pronoun y replaces a prepositional phrase referring to a place that begins with any preposition
except de (for which en is used).
Les hommes vont en France. - Les hommes y vont.
The men go to France - The men go there.
Note that en, and not y is used when the object is of the preposition de.
Idioms
Ça y est! - It's done!
J'y suis! - I get it!
en
Replacement of a partitive construction
The pronoun en replaces a noun with a partitive article (l'article partitif: du, de la, de, des) at the front.
In this case En goes always with the singular, even if there are many items adressed.
Je veux du pain. => J'en veux. - I want some bread. => I want some.
Replacement of quantified nouns
If the quantity of the object is specified, "en" is used for the replacement of the noun.
Example: Il a acheté deux pommes. => Il en a acheté deux.
Note that no agreement is needed between the past participle (le participe passé) and the object (complément
d'objet direct).
Replacement of phrases with de
The pronoun en replaces prepositional phrases beginning with de if the object of the preposition is
referring to a thing or place.
Je viens de Paris. - I come from Paris.
J' en viens. - I come from it.
Note that stress pronouns, and not en are used if the object refers to a person or persons.
Pronoun order
Order chart
If a sentence uses no infinitive, the pronouns are embedded as follows:
Subject
Pronoun
(or noun)
Neg
Direct or
Indirect
Direct Obj
Pronouns
Indirect
Objects
Neg
je
tu
il (elle)
nous
vous
ils (elles)
ne
me
te
nous
vous
se (reflexive)
le
la
l'
les
lui
leur
y en
conjugated
verb
pas
plus
etc...
past
participle
If a sentence uses an infinitive, the pronouns are embedded as follows:
Subject
Pronoun
(or noun)
Neg Neg
Direct or
Indirect
Direct Obj
Pronouns
Indirect
Objects
je
tu
il (elle)
nous
vous
ils (elles)
ne
conjugated
verb
pas
plus
etc...
past
participle
me
te
nous
vous
se (reflexive)
le
la
l'
les
lui
leur
y en infinitive
Order rules
When a sentence uses the indirect object pronouns me, te, nous, and vous with the direct object
pronouns le, la, and les, me, te, nous, and vous go first.
Il me le donne. - He gave it to me.
When a sentence uses the indirect object pronouns lui and leur with the direct object pronouns le, la,
and l', le, la, and les go first.
Il le lui donne. - He gave it to him/her.
When y is used in the same sentence as other pronouns, y goes after all of them with the exception of
en.
Il m'emmène à Paris. - He takes me to Paris.
Il m'y emmène. - He takes me there.
Y in conjunction with en is only used in a few cases.
Il y en a. - There exist several ones.
Est-ce qu'il y a des pommes? (Oui,) il y en a. (No,) il n'y en a (pas/plus). - Are there any apples
(left)? Yes, there are. No, there aren't.
When there are two pronouns in a sentence, en always go last.
L'impératif
When expressing positive commands, there are several rules one must remember when using object
pronouns. Theses are:
The pronouns are attached to the verb with a hyphen.
Retrouve-la. - Find it.
Me and Te become moi and toi.
Donnez-moi les vidéos. - Give me the videos.
Le, la, and les precede all other object pronouns.
Donnez-le-moi. - Give it to me.
For the second person singular form, an "s" is added if the object (in the pronoun form) begins with a
vowel or "y".
Va au tableau. - Go to the blackboard. BUT Vas-y. - Go (there).
Vas-y. - Come on.
Possessive pronouns
Possessive pronouns replace possessive article + noun sets.
French Grammar • Print version • audio (upload)
Possessive Pronouns Les pronoms possesifs
mon copain
my friend
ton copain
your friend
son copain
his/her friend
notre copain
our friend
votre copain
your friend
leur copain
their friend
le mien
mine
le tien
yours
le sien
his/hers
le nôtre
ours
le vôtre
yours
le leur
theirs
mes copains
my friends
tes copains
your friends
ses copains
his/her friends
nos copains
our friends
vos copains
your friends
leurs copains
their friends
les miens
mine
les tiens
yours
les siens
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs
ma copine
my friend
ta copine
your friend
sa copine
his/her friend
notre copine
our friend
votre copine
your friend
leurs copine
their friend
la mienne
mine
la tienne
yours
la sienne
his/hers
la nôtre
ours
la vôtre
yours
la leur
theirs
mes copines
my friends
tes copines
your friends
ses copines
his/her friends
nos copines
our friends
vos copines
your friends
leurs copines
their friends
les miennes
mine
les tiennes
yours
les siennes
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs
Vous avez votre voiture? - You have your car?
Oui, nous avons la nôtre. - Yes, we have ours.
À + a stress pronoun is used when the noun replaced is also the subject of the sentence. This usually occurs
in sentences with être.
Elle est ta voiture? - Is that your car?
Oui, elle est à moi. - Yes, it is mine.
Sentences
Subject - Verb - Direct object - Indirect object
If...
Si...
With present tense (le présent):
(1) Si + (le présent), (le futur simple)
Example: If you finish your homework, I'll give you some candies.
Si tu finis tes devoirs, je te donnerai des bonbons.
(2) Si + (le présent), (l'impératif)
Example: If you are cold, close the window.
Si tu as froid, ferme la fenêtre.
With imperfect (l'imparfait) past tense (to express hypothetical situations):
(3) Si + (l'imparfait), (le conditionnel)
Example: If I had a million dollars, I would buy a house.
Si j'avais un million de dollars, j'achèterais une maison.
With "plus-que-parfait" (also to express hypothetical situations):
(4) Si + (le plus-que-parfait), (le conditionnel passé)
Example: If I had known (or "had I known") computers were so useful, I would have taken a computer
course.
Si j'avais su que les ordinateurs étaient si utiles, j'aurais suivi un cours de l'informatique.
Interrogation
Formation
Intonation
As in English, raising the tone at the end of a sentence can turn it into a question.
Example:
Il aime les bonbons. He likes sweets.
Il aime les bonbons? Does he like sweets?
Est-ce que...
"Est-ce que" literally means "Is it that", understood as "Is it true that", and can be used to form questions. To
form a question with "Est-ce que...", attach "Est-ce que..." at the beginning of the sentence. Sometimes "que"
has to be modified to "qu'" for elision.
Example: Il aime ce film. => Est-ce qu'il aime ce film ?
(He likes this film. => Does he like this film?)
Inversion
This is considered to be the most formal way to ask a question out of the three.
(The indicative form of the following sentences will be placed in parentheses for comparison.)
To ask a question by inversion, simple invert the verb and the subject (the pronoun) and insert a hyphen (un
trait d'union) in between.
Example: Do you like apples? (You like apples.)
Aimes-tu les pommes ? (Tu aimes les pommes.)
In the case where the verb ends in a vowel while the subject starts with one, a "t" needs to be inserted to
avoid elision.
Example: Did she make the decision already? (She made the decision already.)
A-t-elle déjà pris la décision ? (Elle a déjà pris la décision.)
(Notice that for compound tense [les temps composés], only the avoir or être part is interchanged with the
subject.)
For third person plural (verbs ending in "ent"), there is no need to insert the "t".
Example: Are they buying a house? (They are buying a house.)
Achètent-ils une maison ? (Ils achètent une maison.)
If the subject is a noun instead of a pronoun, invert the verb and the pronoun that represents the subject.
Example: Did Marie choose this shirt? (Marie chose this shirt.)
'Marie a-t-elle choisi cette chemise ? (Marie a choisi cette chemise.)
For negative such as "ne...pas", the verb should be inserted in between:
Example: Didn't you eat the whole pizza? (You didn't eat the whole pizza.)
N'as-tu pas mangé la pizza entière ? (Tu n'as pas mangé la pizza entière.)
If there is a direct or indirect object (complément d'objet [in]direct), it goes before the verb.
Example: Have you been there? (You have been there.)
Y es-tu allé(e) ? (Tu y es allé(e).)
Question words
Où ? - Where?
Quand ? - When?
Pourquoi ? - Why?
Comment ? - How?
Quel/Quels/Quelle/Quelles ? - Which?
Qui ? - Who?
Combien ? - How much?
Quoi ? - What?
Commands
Main article: French/Grammar/Tenses/Imperative
Tenses
Verb tenses sorted by mood
Non-finite forms
Le participe présent (The Present Participle)
Le participe passé (The Past Participle)
Le Verbe Auxiliaire (The Auxiliary Verb)
L'infinitif (The Infinitive)
L'infinitif passé (The Past Infinitive)
L'indicatif (The indicative mood)
Simple tenses
Le présent de l'indicatif (The present indicative)
L'imparfait de l'indicatif (The imperfect)
Le passé simple (The past historic)
Le futur (The future)
Perfect tenses
Le passé composé (The present perfect)
Le plus-que-parfait de l'indicatif (The pluperfect of the indicative)
Le passé antérieur (The past anterior)
Le futur antérieur (The future anterior)
Other tenses
Le passé récent (The recent past)
Le futur proche (The near future)
Le subjonctif (The subjunctive mood)
Le subjonctif (The subjunctive)
L'imparfait du subjonctif (The imperfect subjunctive)
Le subjonctif passé (The past subjunctive)
Le plus-que-parfait du subjonctif (The pluperfect subjunctive)
L'impératif (The imperative mood)
L'impératif (The imperative)
L'impératif passé (The past imperative)
Le conditionnel (The conditional mood)
Le conditionnel (The conditional)
Le conditionnel passé (The past conditional)
Le deuxième forme du conditionnel passé (The second form of the past conditional)
Verb tenses sorted by type
Simple tenses
Le présent de l'indicatif (The present indicative)
L'imparfait de l'indicatif (The imperfect)
Le passé simple (The past historic)
Le futur (The future)
Le conditionnel (The conditional)
Le présent du subjonctif (The present subjunctive)
L'imparfait du subjonctif (The imperfect subjunctive)
Perfect tenses
Le passé composé (The present perfect)
Le plus-que-parfait de l'indicatif (The pluperfect of the indicative)
Le plus-que-parfait du subjonctif (The pluperfect of the subjunctive)
Le passé antérieur (The past anterior)
Le futur antérieur (The future anterior)
Le conditionnel passé (The conditional past)
Le passé du subjonctif (The subjunctive past)
Perfect tense components
Le participe présent (The present participle)
Le participe passé (The past participle)
Le verbe auxiliaire (The auxiliary verb)
Other tenses
Le passé récent (The near past)
Le futur proche (The near future)
L'Impératif (The imperative)
L'impératif passé (The past imperative)
Verb tenses sorted by time
Past
L'imparfait de l'indicatif (The imperfect)
Le passé simple (The past historic)
L'imparfait du subjonctif (The imperfect subjunctive)
Le passé composé (The present perfect)
Le plus-que-parfait de l'indicatif (The pluperfect of the indicative)
Le passé antérieur (The past anterior)
Le passé récent (The near past)
L'imparfait du subjonctif (The imperfect subjunctive)
Le subjonctif passé (The past subjunctive)
Le plus-que-parfait du subjonctif (The pluperfect subjunctive)
L'impératif passé (The past imperative)
Le conditionnel passé (The past conditional)
Le deuxième forme du conditionnel passé (The second form of the past conditional)
Present
Future
Verbs
Due to their specificity, minor verb pages are only included in French/Grammar/Print version.
Irregular verb conjugations
Verb negations
Pronominal verbs
Verb tenses
General notes
The masculine form and feminine form of the third person are conjugated in exactly the same manner.
Instead of mentioning both, only the masculine form will be used for the sake of brevity. One may
assume that il includes elle and ils includes elles unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
In tables showing the endings or conjugations of verbs, an accent mark is shown without a letter below
it indicates that the accent mark is placed above the last letter of the stem.
Derivatives of a verb are conjugated in the same manner as that verb. For instance, devenir and
revenir follow the same patterns as venir. In this appendix, when the conjugation of the root verb is
given, it is assumed that the reader will know that derivative verbs are similarly conjugated.
The verb tenses here are organized by mood. The general uses of a particular mood will be covered in
the page linked to by the section heading.
Literary tenses, which are only used in formal writing, are in italics.
APPENDICES
()
Appendices
(discussion (http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Talk:French/Appendices) )
Dates, Time, and Numbers • Exercises • E-F dictionary • F-E dictionary • French authors • Hints and Common
Errors • French History • Nations of the World • Phrasebook • Pronunciation Index • Slang • Vocabulary Index
Typing Characters • Verb Dictionary • Web Resources
Updates:
If a section is added or the name of an
existing section is changed, please update:
This page
The appendices header
The appendices footer
It is not necessary to update these versions if
only the sections within these main
appendices are altered.
Dates, Time, and Numbers
Le Midi d'Ossau dans les Pyrénées
Les jours de la semaine
The days of the week. [lay jzoor duh lah suhmen]
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •420 kb • help)
The Days of the Week. Les jours de la semaine.
# French Pronunciation English Origin
1 lundi luhndee Monday Moon
2 mardi mahrdee Tuesday Mars
3 mercredi maircruhdee Wednesday Mercury
4 jeudi juhdee Thursday Jupiter
5 vendredi vahndruhdee Friday Venus
6 samedi sahmdee Saturday Saturn
7 dimanche deemahnsh Sunday Sun
The days of the week are not capitalized in French.
For phrases relating to the day of the week, see the phrasebook.
Les mois de l'année
The months of the year. [lay mwah duh lahnay]
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •561 kb • help)
The Months of the Year Les mois de l'année
# French Pron. English
01 janvier jzahnveeyay January
02 février fayvreeyay February
03 mars mahrse March
04 avril ahvrill April
05 mai maye May
06 juin jzwan June
07 juillet jzooeeyay July
08 août oot/oo August
09 septembre septahmbruh September
10 octobre oktuhbruh October
11 novembre novahmbruh November
12 décembre daysahmbruh December
The months of the year are not capitalized in French.
For phrases relating to the months of the year, see the phrasebook
Les saisons
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •142 kb • help)
Seasons Les Saisons
la saison season
le printemps Spring
l'été (m) Summer
l'automne (m) Autumn
l'hiver (m) Winter
Les nombres (adjectifs numéraux cardinaux et ordinaux)
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •337 kb • help)
Numbers Les nombres
Cardinal Numbers 001-019 Ordinal Numbers 001-010 Cardinal Numbers 020 - 069
# French Pron. English # French Pronunciation Abbr. English # French Pronunciation
000 zéro zairo zero 020 vingt vahn
001 un uhn one 1st premier(ère)
prem me ay
(air)
1er first 021
vingt et
un
vahntay uh
002 deux deuh two 2nd deuxième deuhzee ehm 2ième second
Numbers twenty-two to twenty-nine are
configured in the form of vingt-[02-09].
For example twenty-two is vingt-deux.
003 trois trwah three 3rd troisième trawhzee ehm 3ième third
004 quatre catr four 4th quatrième catree ehm 4ième fourth 030 trente trahnt
005 cinq sank five 5th cinquième sankee ehm 5ième fifth 031
trente et
un
trahntay uh
006 six seese six 6th sixième seesee ehm 6ième sixth
Numbers thrity-two to thirty-nine are
configured in the form of trente-[02-09].
For example thrity-three is trente-trois.
007 sept set seven 7th septième setee ehm 7ième seventh
008 huit weet eight 8th huitième weetee ehm 8ième eighth 040 quarante cahrahnt
009 neuf neuhf nine 9th neuvième neuhvee ehm 9ième ninth 041
quarante
et un
cahrahntay
uhn
010 dix deese ten 10th dixième deezee ehm 10ième tenth
Numbers forty-two to forty-nine are
configured in the form of
quarante-[02-09].
For example forty-four is
quarante-quatre.
011 onze ohn eleven
012 douze dooz tweleve 050 cinquante sankaunte
013 treize trehz thirteen 051
cinquante
et un
sankauntay
uhn
014 quatorze catorz fourteen
Numbers fifty-two to fifty-nine are
configured in the form of
cinquante-[02-09].
For example fifty-five is cinquante-cinq.
015 quinze canz fifteen
016 seize sehz sixteen 060 soixante swahsahnt
017 dix-sept deeset seventeen 061
soixante
et un
swahsahntay
uhn
018 dix-huit deezweet eighteen
Numbers sixty-two to sixty-nine are
configured in the form of
soixante-[02-09].
For example sixty-six is soixante-six.
019 dix-neuf deeznuf nineteen
This pattern changes slightly after the sixties:
Numbers seventy to seventy-nine are configured in the form of soixante-[10-19]. For example
seventy is soixante-dix (60-10), seventy-three is soixante-treize (60-13), and seventy-seven is
soixante-dix-sept (60-10-7).
Number eighty is configured in the form of quatre-vingts (4 - 20's) || catr vahn || eighty
Numbers eighty-one to ninty-nine are configured in the form of quatre-vingt-[01-19]. For
example eighty-one is quatre-vingt-un (4*20-one), ninty is quatre-vingt-dix (4*20-10), and
ninty-four is quatre-vingt-quatorze(4*20-14).
une dizaine (one ten)
une douzaine (one dozen)
cent 100 une centaine (one hundred)
[deux - neuf] cents 200-900
mille 1.000 un millier (one thousand)
(un) million 1.000.000
(un) milliard 1.000.000.000
For 70-79, it builds upon "soixante" but past that it builds upon a combination of terms for 80-99
Only the first (21,31,41,51,etc) have "et un"; but past this it is simply both words consecutively
(vingt-six, trente-trois, etc)
For 100-199, it looks much like this list already save that "cent" is added before the rest of the
number; this continues up to 1000 and onward.
L'heure
Time.
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (upload)
The Time L'heure
# French Pron. English
01 l'heure (f) ? time, (one) hour, o'clock
02 une demi-heure ? half-hour (half an hour)
03 le matin ? morning
05 le midi ? noon
06 l'après-midi (m) ? afternoon
07 le soir ? night
08 le minuit ? midnight
09 la journée ? daytime
Use heure in between the hour and the minutes when telling the time, e.g., Il est cinq heures dix
Note that there is no "a.m." or "p.m." in French. Use du matin, de l'après midi, and du soir to
disambiguate a given time. "Il est sept heures du soir" makes it clear that it is 7 o'clock at night, and
not in the morning. Alternatively, you could use the 24-hour system: "Il est dix-neuf heures" has no
ambiguity; time is often expressed in this fashion, particularly in professional/commercial settings.
Midi and minuit can be used without an article when telling the time: "Il est midi." (It is noon.)
English - French Dictionary
See:
Lexilogos (http://www.lexilogos.com/index.htm) : all online French dictionaries
French dictionary (http://www.online-dictionary.biz/english/french)
French - English Dictionary
See:
The French wiktionary (http://fr.wiktionary.org)
Lexilogos (http://www.lexilogos.com/index.htm) : all online French dictionaries
French dictionary (http://www.online-dictionary.biz/english/french)
French Authors
Middle ages
Chrétien de Troyes (around 1135 - around 1183)
16th century
Francois Rabelais (around 1483 or 1494 – 1553)
Pierre de Ronsard (1524 – 1585)
Louise Labé (a.1526 - a.1565)
17th century
René Descartes (1596 - 1650)
Pierre Corneille (1606–1684)
Jean de La Fontaine (1621–1695)
Molière (1622–1673)
Blaise Pascal (1623–1662)
Charles Perrault (1628–1703)
Jean Racine (1639–1699)
18th century
Marivaux (1688–1763)
Montesquieu (1689–1755)
Voltaire (1694–1778)
Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712 - 1778)
Denis Diderot (1713 - 1784)
Beaumarchais (1732 - 1799)
19th century
François-René de Chateaubriand (1768 - 1848)
Honoré de Balzac (1799 - 1850)
Victor Hugo (1802 - 1885)
Alexandre Dumas (1802 - 1870)
Prosper Mérimée (1803 - 1870)
George Sand (1804 - 1876)
Alfred de Musset (1810 - 1857)
Charles Baudelaire (1821 - 1867)
Gustave Flaubert (1821 - 1880)
Jules Verne (1828 - 1905)
Alphonse Daudet (1840 - 1897)
Emile Zola (1840 - 1902)
Paul Verlaine (1844 - 1896)
Henri Bergson (1859 - 1941)
Edmond Rostand (1868 - 1918)
20th century
Paul Claudel (1868 - 1955)
Marcel Proust (1871 - 1922)
Guillaume Apollinaire (1880 - 1918)
Jean Cocteau (1892 - 1963)
Louis-Ferdinand Céline (1894 - 1961)
Jean Giono (1895 - 1970)
Marcel Pagnol (1895 - 1974)
André Breton (1896 - 1966)
Jacques Prévert (1900 - 1977)
André Malraux (1901 - 1976)
Raymond Queneau (1903 - 1976)
Jean-Paul Sartre (1905 - 1980)
Robert Merle (1908 - 2004)
Nicolas Bouvier (1929 - 1998)
Georges Perec (1936 - 1982)
Antoine Marie Roger de Saint-Exupery (1900 - 1944)
Albert Camus (1913 – 1960)
Colette (1873 - 1954)
Anaïs Nin (1903-1977)
Simone de Beauvoir (1908 - 1986)
Links
List of French authors in the French Wikipedia.
French History
See: European History
For the history of this book, see that page.
History Part 1
(https://docs.google.com/a/cameronschools.org/Presentation?docid=dhdhf2r5_72gfw2wbhs&hl=en) History
Part 2 (https://docs.google.com/a/cameronschools.org/Presentation?docid=dhdhf2r5_128gsjdgdg6&hl=en)
[27] (https://docs.google.com/a/cameronschools.org/Presentation?docid=dhdhf2r5_72gfw2wbhs&hl=en)
Nations of the World
Les pays du monde (nations of the world)
A
French English
l'Afghanistan (m) Afghanistan
l'Afrique du Sud (f) South Africa
l'Albanie (f) Albania
l'Algérie (f) Algeria
l'Allemagne (f) Germany
Andorre (f) Andorra
l'Angleterre (f) England
l'Angola (f) Angola
Antigua-et-Barbuda (m) Antigua and Barbuda
l'Arabie saoudite (f) Saudi Arabia
l'Argentine (f) Argentina
l'Arménie (f) Armenia
Aruba Aruba
l'Australie (f) Australia
l'Autriche (f) Austria
l'Azerbaïdjan (f) Azerbaijan
B
French English
les Bahamas (f) The Bahamas
le Bahreïn Bahrain
le Bangladesh Bangladesh
la Barbade Barbados
la Belgique Belgium
le Belize Belize
le Bénin Benin
le Bhoutan Bhutan
la Biélorussie Belarus
la Birmanie Burma
la Bolivie Bolivia
le Botswana Botswana
le Brésil Brazil
le Brunéi Brunei
la Bulgarie Bulgaria
le Burkina-Faso Burkina Faso
le Burundi Burundi
C
French English
le Cambodge Cambodia
le Cameroun Cameroon
le Canada Canada
le Cap-Vert Cape Verde
le Chili Chile
la Chine China
Chypre (f) Cyprus
la Colombie Columbia
les Comores (f) Comores
le Congo Congo
la Corée du Nord North Korea
la Corée du Sud South Korea
le Costa Rica Costa Rica
la Côte d'Ivoire Cote d'Ivoire
la Croatie Croatia
Cuba Cuba
D
French English
le Danemark Denmark
Djibouti Djibouti
la Dominique Dominica
E
French English
l'Écosse (f) Scotland
l'Égypte (f) Egypt
les Émirats arabes unis (m) The United Arab Emirates
l'Équateur (m) Equador
l'Érythrée (f) Eritrea
l'Espagne (f) Spain
l'Estonie (f) Estonia
les États-Unis (m) The United States
l'Éthiopie (f) Ethiopia
F
French English
les Fidji (f) Fiji
la Finlande Finland
la France France
G
French English
le Gabon Gabon
la Gambie Gambia
la Géorgie Georgia
le Ghana Ghana
la Grèce Greece
la Grenade Grenada
le Guatemala Guatemala
la Republique de Guinée Guinea
la Guinée-Bissao Guinea-Bissau
la Guinée-équatoriale Equatorial Guinea
la Guyane Guyana
I
French English
l'Île Maurice (f) Mauritius
les Îles Cook (f) Cook Islands
les Îles Marshall (f) Marshall Islands
les Îles Salomon (f) Solomon Islands
l'Inde (f) India
l'Indonésie (f) Indonesia
l'Iran (m) Iran
l'Iraq/l'Irak (m) Iraq
l'Irlande (f) Ireland
l'Islande (f) Iceland
Israël (m) Israel
l'Italie (f) Italy
J
French English
la Jamaïque Jamaica
le Japon Japan
la Jordanie Jordan
K
French English
le Kazakhstan Kazakhstan
le Kenya Kenya
le Kirghizstan Kyrgyzstan
Kiribati (f) Kiribati
le Koweït Kuwait
L
French English
le Laos Laos
le Lesotho Lesotho
la Lettonie Latvia
le Liban Lebanon
le Libéria Liberia
la Libye Libya
le Lichtenstein Lichtenstein
la Lituanie Lithuania
le Luxembourg Luxembourg
M
French English
la Macédoine Macedonia
Madagascar (f) Madagascar
la Malaisie Malaysia
le Malawi Malawi
les Maldives (f) The Maldives
le Mali Mali
Malte Malta
le Maroc Morocco
la Mauritanie Mauritania
le Mexique Mexico
la Micronésie Micronesia
la Moldavie Moldavia
Monaco Monaco
la Mongolie Mongolia
le Mozambique Mozambique
N
French English
la Namibie Namibia
la Nauru Nauru
le Népal Nepal
le Nicaragua Nicaragua
le Niger Niger
le Nigéria Nigeria
la Norvège Norway
la Nouvelle-Zélande New Zealand
O
French English
Oman (m) Oman
l'Ouganda (m) Uganda
l'Ouzbékistan Uzbekistan
P
French English
le Pakistan Pakistan
le Panama Panama
la Papouasie-Nouvelle-Guinée Papua New Guinea
le Paraguay Paraguay
les Pays-Bas (m) The Netherlands
le Pays de Galles (m) Wales
le Pérou Peru
les Philippines (f) The Philippines
la Pologne Poland
la Polynésie française French Polynesia
le Portugal Portugal
Porto Rico Puerto Rico
Q
French English
le Qatar Qatar
R
French English
la République centrafricaine Central African Republic
la République dominicaine Dominican Republic
la République tchèque Czech Republic
la Roumanie Romania
le Royaume-Uni The United Kingdom
la Russie Russia
le Rwanda Rwanda
S
French English
Saint-Christophe-et-Niévès (m) Saint Kitts and Nevis
Sainte-Lucie (f) Saint Lucia
Saint-Marin (m) San Marino
le Saint-Siège (le Vatican) The Holy See (The Vatican)
Saint-Vincent-et-les-Grenadines (m) Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
le Salvador El Salvador
les Samoa (f) Samoa
Sao Tomé et Principe (m) Sao Tomé and Principe
le Sénégal Senegal
les Seychelles (f) Seychelles
la Sierra Leone Sierra Leone
Singapour Singapore
la Slovaquie Slovakia
la Slovénie Slovenia
la Somalie Somalia
le Soudan Sudan
le Sri Lanka Sri Lanka
la Suède Sweden
la Suisse Switzerland
le Surinam Surinam
le Swaziland Swaziland
la Syrie Syria
T
French English
le Tadjikistan (m) Tajikistan
la Tanzanie Tanzania
le Tchad Chad
la Thaïlande Thailand
le Togo Togo
les Tonga (f) Tonga
Trinité-et-Tobago Trinidad and Tobago
la Tunisie Tunisia
le Turkménistan Turkmenistan
la Turquie Turkey
Tuvalu Tuvalu
U
French English
l'Ukraine (f) Ukraine
l'Uruguay (m) Uruguay
V
French English
Vanuatu Vanuatu
le Vatican The Vatican
le Venezuela Venezuela
le Viêt-Nam Vietnam
W
[None]
X
[None]
Y
le Yémen Yemen
la Yougoslavie (m) Yugoslavia
Z
French English
la Zambie Zambia
le Zimbabwe Zimbabwe
Phrasebook
TravelWiki phrase book (http://wikitravel.org/en/French_phrasebook)
Common Phrases
Translation Phrase IPA Pronunciation
Literal
meaning
French
français
/frɑ̃sɛ/ (“fraw(n)-SAY”)
hello
bonjour
/bɔ̃ʒuʁ/ (“boh(n)-ZHURE”)
good day
good-bye
au revoir
/o ʁ
ə
vwaʁ/
(“oh-reh-VWAR”)
to the
seeing-again
please
s'il vous plaît
/sil vu plɛ/ (“seal voo PLAY”
)
if it pleases
you
thank you
merci
/mɛʁsi/ (“mare-SEE”)
you're
welcome
je vous en prie,
de rien
/ʒə vu zɑ̃ pʁi/
(“zhe voo zah(n)
pree”, “de ree
ah(n)”)
I beg you of
it, (It's)
nothing
that one
cela
/səla/ (“suh-LAH”)
this one
ceci
/səsi/ (“suh-SEE”)
how much?
combien
/kɔ̃bjɛ̃/ (“ko(n)m-BYEN”)
English
anglais
/ɑ̃glɛ/ (“ah(n)-GLAY”)
yes
oui
/wi/ (“wee”)
no
non
/nɔ̃/ (“noh(n)”)
sorry
pardon
excusez-moi
/paʁdɔ̃/
/ɛkskyze
mwa/ ||(“pahr-DO(n)”)
(“ex-ku-zay-MWA”)
I don’t
understand
Je ne
comprends pas
/ʒə nə kõpʁɑ̃ pa/
(“zhe ne co(n)
m-pro(n) PAH”)
where's the
toilet?
Où sont les
toilettes ?
/u sɔ̃ le twalɛt/
(“ooh so(n) lay
twa-LET”)
8
Where are
the toilets?
generic
toast
Santé !
Tchin !
(familiar)
/sɑ̃te/
/ʧin/ ||(“sah(n)-TAY”)
(“cheen”)
Santé ! =
Health!
Do you
speak
English?
Parlez-vous
anglais ?
/paʁle vu ɑ̃glɛ/
(“par-lay voo ah(n)
-GLAY”)
Excuse me,
I don’t
speak
French very
well.
Pardonnez-moi,
mais je ne parle
pas très bien
français
/paʁdɔne mwa mɛ ʒə nə paʁl
ə
pa trɛ bjɛ̃ frɑ̃sɛ/
(par-dohn-ay
MWAH may zheu
neuh parl pah tray
byen frah(n)-SAY)
Pardon me,
but I do not
speak very
well French.
V: Greetings
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •276 kb • help)
Greetings Les salutations
Salut Hi./Bye. (informal)
Bonjour Hello (more formal than salut) (all day)
Bonsoir Good evening
Bonne nuit Good night bun nwee
Quoi de neuf ? What's up (about you)? (lit. what's new)
Pas grand-chose. Not much. (lit. no big-thing)
V: How are you?
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •311 kb • help)
How are you? Ça va?
Comment allez-vous? (formal),
Comment vas-tu? (informal),
Comment ça va?/Ça va ? (informal)
How are you?
Ça va (très) bien
I'm doing (very) well
(lit. It's going (very) well)
Oui, ça va. Yes, it goes.
Très bien, merci. Very well, thanks.
Pas mal. Not Bad
pas si bien/pas très bien not so well
(très) mal (very) bad
Comme ci, comme ça. So-So.
Désolé(e). I'm sorry.
Et toi?
Et vous?
And you? (informal)
And you? (formal)
Titles
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •325 kb • help)
Titles Les titres
French Abbr. Pronunciation English, Usage
Singular
Plural
Monsieur
Messieurs.
M.
muhsyu
mehsyu
Mr., Sir.
Gentlemen.
Singular
Plural
Madame
Mesdames
M
me
mahdahmn
maydahm
Mrs., Ma'am.
Ladies
Singular
Plural
Mademoiselle
Mesdemoiselles
M
lle
mahdmwoizell
maydmwahzell
Miss, Young lady
Young ladies
V: Courtesy
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •434 kb • help)
Courtesy La politesse
Please
S'il te plaît. (Lit: If you please.)
S'il vous plaît. (formal).
Thanks (a lot) Merci (beaucoup).
You're welcome.
De rien. (Lit: Of nothing.)
Pas de quoi. (Lit: Not of what.) (No problem.)
Je t'en prie. shtahn pree (informal)
Je vous en prie jzuh vooz ahn pree (formal)
V: Good-bye
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •202 kb • help)
Good-bye Au revoir
Salut. Hi./Bye. (informal)
Au revoir. Good-bye. ohrvwahr (ev not pronounced)
À demain. See you tomorrow. ah duhman (Lit: To/Until Tomorrow)
Au revoir, à demain. Bye, see you tomorrow.
À tout à l'heure. See you (later today)! ah tootah luhr
À la prochaine. See you (tomorrow)! ah lah proh shayn
À bientôt. See you soon. ah byantoe
Ciao Bye. chow (Italian)
V: Asking for the day/date/time
French Vocabulary • Print version • audio (info •612 kb • help)
Asking For The Day, Date, Time Demander le jour, la date, le temps
Asking for the day.
1a Aujourd'hui c'est quel jour? Today is what day? ojzoordwee say kell jzoor
1b Aujourd'hui c'est [jour]. Today is [day].
2a Demain c'est quel jour Tomorrow is what day? Duhman say kell jzoor
2b Demain c'est [jour]. Tomorrow is [day].
Asking for the date.
3a
Quelle est la date
(aujourd'hui)?
What is the date
(today)?
kell ay lah daht
3b C'est le [#] [month]. It's [month] [#].
Asking for the time.
4a Quelle heure est-il?
What hour/time is it?
kell er ayteel
4b Il est quelle heure? eel ay kell er
5 Il est [nombre] heure(s). It is [number] hours. eelay [nombre] er
Physical and mental health
Reacting to events
Thanking
Complementing
(Dis)agreeing
Invitations
Meetings
Expressing opinions
Pronunciation Index
IPA pronunciation for Standard French
The following pronunciation guide using IPA symbols is for Standard French. Also known as
International French and Received Pronunciation (RP) French. Although it is considered snobbish by
some, it is generally understood by all French speakers.
IPA chart French vowels
Front
Central
Back
NR R NR R
Close
i y u
Close-mid
e ø
ə
o
Open-mid
ɛ ɛ̃ œ (œ̃) ɔ ɔ̃
Open
a (ɑ) ɑ̃
These tables based upon Wikipedia:French phonology
IPA chart French consonants
Bilabial
Labio-
dental
Dental
1
/
Alveolar
Palato-
alveolar
Palatal
Labio-
palatal
Velar
Labio-
velar
Uvular
Plosive
p b t d k g
Nasal
m n ɲ ŋ
Fricative
f v s z ʃ ʒ
ʁ
Approximant
j ɥ w
Lateral
l
Slang
Notes on how to use slang
Foreign speakers
It is important to note that, as a foreigner, your use of slang will often be received as cute or funny,
depending greatly upon your overall fluency in spoken French. To understand this, think about how it would
sound to you if a foreigner—with a strong accent and odd rhythm of speech—came up to you and said
"Dude, what a sketchy-ass hater that bizz-natch was, I totally was just like 'fuck off fo-sheezy'". Therefore,
no matter how much slang you use in your native language, limiting your use of slang in French
(proportionally to your level of fluency) will also limit how much you are patronised and giggled at by
native listeners.
Slang: consistency & style
To use slang efficiently, it is important to maintain a consistency of style. Mixing styles might sound like
saying: "Thy face, it is quite finely rawkin'".
Avoid vous unless a plural is necessary.
Avoid subject-verb inversion in questions. Use rather question formations where there is no inversion
or 'est-ce que', only the raised tone at the end of the sentence. When doing this with interrogatives
(qui, quand, comment, etc.), place them at the end of the sentence; i.e. "On va bouffer quand?"
Translating 'fuck'
The English-language term 'fuck' is exceptional as it can serve as noun, verb, adjective, exclamation, and
others. There is no such equivalent usage of any word in the French language. Therefore the translation of
'fuck' into French depends on the corresponding part of speech.
Examples
noun
"He's a great fuck" = "C'est un bon coup"
"He is such a fuck(er)" = "C'est un pauvre type/enfoiré/enculé/connard/salaud" (insert any insult)
"He's such a fuck-up" = "C'est un pauvre con/un raté/un loser"
verb
sexual: baiser, niquer, coucher avec ; insulting: foutre, enculer
"I fucked up on my French test" = "J'ai foiré/raté mon examen de français"
"I fucked (up) my car" = "J'ai niqué ma bagnole"
"He fucked me over" = "Il m'a planté"
"I fucked your mother/mum/mam/mom" = "J'ai baisé/niqué ta mère"
"Fuck off" = "Va chier!", "Fous le camp" (see the verb 'Foutre')
"Fuck you"/"Go fuck yourself" = "Va te faire foutre/enculer" "VA niquer ta mère"
adjective
"This is fucking awful" = "Putain, ça craint"/"C'est bordelique"/"C'est de la merde"
"I am so fucked-up" = "J'suis barré/perché" (mental state); "J'suis totalement bourré(e)" (drunk);
"J'suis défoncé(e)" (high[marijuana])
adverb
"I am trying to fucking work here" = "J'essaie de bosser putain"
exclamation
"Fuck!" = "Merde !" ; "Putain !" ; "Bordel !"
n.b.: these can also be compounded in French, i.e., "Putain de merde !" "Putain de bordel de merde"
(for stringing these together, see the scene in the film Matrix Reloaded with the Frenchman in the
restaurant)
Glossary
Audio1 Audio2 Audio3 Audio4
Abruti(e)
n., A retard, an idiot
ah-BROO-tee
Accro
n., addict
ack-RO
Ado
n., teen; short for 'adolescent'
AH-doh
Apéro
n., Short for apéritif.
ah-PAIR-roh
Appart'
n., flat or apartment; short for 'appartement'
ah-PARRT
Aprèm'
n., Short for après-midi.
ah-PRIm
Notes on Pronunciation:
*To feel how R should be pronounced, gargle with water, then try gargling without water.
That is what your throat should be doing when pronouncing the R.
*The U is hardest for English speakers. The back of the throat should be stretched out as if you see
a mouse and are saying "eee!", but the lips should be in a tight circle as if you are saying "ooo".
Bagnole
n., Slang for 'car'
ban-YOLE
Bahut
n., Slang for 'high school' (formerly for 'factory')
Barj' or Barjot
adj., crazy
n., a crazy person
BARge
BAHR-joe
Bander
v., to become erect, to get a hard-on
BAHN-day
Ben
interj. for 'well'. often used at the beginning of a phrase, and followed by "ouais" or "non"
Baañ ('baa' like the sound a sheep makes with a nasalized sound at the end)
Bite
n., dick
bEEt
Blaireau
n., litt. 'badger', Loser
bl-AIR-roh
Le Bled
n., the boondocks
blED
Boule
n., litt. 'ball'. Synonym for 'tête', or 'head' in its slang usage; a rough equivalent in English would be
'face' rather than 'head', i.e.:
"Ta boule me manque" = "I miss seeing your sweet face"
Can also mean "balls" (as in testicles) or "arse"/"ass", as in "J'aime Trop Ton Boule" (I Want Your
Ass), a song by by French Rapper Fatal Bazooka
bOOL
Bouffer
v., to eat
n., la bouffe, food
BOOF-fay
Bosser
v., to work
boss-SAY
Boulot
n., job
bOOL-oh
Se Branler
v., to masturbate (lit. to wobble)
suh BRAhn-lay
Ça a été
exp., it went well; also a question "Ta présentation, ça a été ?" = "How'd your presentation go?" ;
Answers to this question: "Ouais, ça a été" (Yes, it went well) / "Pas du tout" (Not at all)
saw ah AY-TAY
Chaud lapin
n., Sex maniac (lit. hot rabbit)
show lah-PAÑ
Les Chiottes
n, The loo
SEE-ott
Cinoche
n., A night at the movies
SEE-noh-sh
La cité
n., ghetto
see-TAY
Con
adj., stupid "J'ai été con quand j'ai décidé de sortir" = "I was dumb when I decided to go out"
n., litt. 'cunt' (as used in UK English); "Quel con" = "What an idiot"
exp. "à la con", stupid, in a stupid way. "J'ai cet examen à la con" = "I have this stupid test"
cohÑ
Crever
v., to burst or explode; to die, 'to kick the bucket'
adj., crevé(e), exhausted. As in "Je suis crevé(e)" = "I'm exhausted"
n., la crève, a cold, the flu. exp.: "J'ai la crève".
creh-vay
lah crehve
Débile
n. or adj. slang for "stupid"
DAY-beel
Dirlo
n. Colloquial word meaning 'headmaster'.
dear-loh
Enculer
v. To fuck, to bugger.
Equivalent to "fuck in the arse" ("cul"="arse"). Widely used under the form "va te faire enculer" (litt.
"go to get fucked in the arse", in UK English "go and get fucked in the arse") which stands for "fuck
off".
Also, "enculé" is the participle turned into a substantive, and means "bastard" or "arsehole".
exp. : "enculer des mouches" (litt. "to fuck flies in the arse") means "to nit-pick".
eñ-CU-lay
La fac
n., college or university; short for 'faculté'
fack
Faire la tête
exp., to pout. Synonyms: 'bouder'(to brood); "faire la gueule".
fer lah tet
Foutre
n. Sperm.
v. Vulgar equivalent of the verb 'faire'; to do or to make. Commonly employed in vulgar/familiar
expressions such as:
"Va te faire foutre" = "Go get fucked/Go fuck yourself"
"J'en ai rien à foutre/battre" = "I don't care"
"J'ai rien à foutre (ici, avec toi)" = "I have nothing to do (here, with you)"
FOO-truh
Hyper
adj., 'very', 'really' ; "Je suis hyper triste" = "I'm really sad"
EE-pair
Kiffer
v. Colloquial word meaning 'to like' from arabic noun 'kif' meaning 'cannabis', . Sometimes used under
the form faire kiffer, e.g Tu me fais trop kiffer.
keef-ay
Génial
adj. Colloquial word meaning "genius" (as used in UK English), "great", "brilliant", "sensational" or
"awesome"
j-knee-al
Grave
adj. litt. "severe", roughly means "stupid" e.g "mes parents sont graves" (my parents are stupid)
adv. roughly meaning "a lot" or "really" e.g "je la kiffe grave!" (I really like her). When used with a
predicate, it can be placed before or after it. e.g "il est débile grave, lui!" or "il est grave débile, lui!"
(he's really stupid)
grah-ve
Gueule
n., slang for 'mouth' or 'face'. It can be used in "Ta gueule!" which can be translated into 'Shut
up!'/'Shut your face!'.
gull
Gueuler
v., slang. Means 'to shout'. e.g. 'Arrête de me gueuler dessus' could be translated into 'Stop shouting at
me'.
Exists also engueuler, slang for 'to reprimand'.
guh-lay ; oñ-guh-lay
MacDo
Short for MacDonald's.
mack-doh
Merde
n., excl., translated as 'shit', merde is not seen as vulgar as 'shit'. That is to say, adults use it often, as
well as the youth. It can also mean 'rubbish', for example 'Ce repas, c'est de la merde', or 'The meal is
crap'
This word has produced the phrase «le mot de cinq lettres», an exact transcribed meaning of the
English phase "four-letter word".
maRed / with emphasis or in exclamation: mare-DUH
N'importe quoi
exp., 'whatever'
n., bullshit as in "C'est du n'importe quoi, ce qu'il dit"
nahm-poRt-UH-kwah
Niquer
v. Slang for 'to have sexual intercourse'. Often used in insults such as 'Nique ta mère' (Fuck your
mother), sometimes reduced to 'Ta mère!'. Metaphorically, slang for 'to break' or 'to be great'.
'Je vais te niquer la gueule (vulgaire)' : je vais me battre contre toi !
e.g. 'Cette porte est niquée.' (This door is out of order.)
'Ce jeu nique tout.' (This game is great.)
NEEK-ay
Ouais
'yeah' (as opposed to "oui" = "yes")
waay
Putain
n., excl. Roughly equivalent to 'merde' when used as an exclamation. As a name, old form for 'pute'
(whore). 'Putain' is the closest equivalent to the English 'fuck' (see note on 'fuck').
pew-tAÑ
Super
adj., 'very', 'really' ; "Je suis super content" = "I'm really happy"
soup-air
Taff
n. work, job, task
taff
Truc
n. Stuff
trew-uhk
Tronche
n. Colloquial word meaning 'face'.
TRon-shuh
Vachement
adj., France, slang. Literally "cowly", vachement is a synonym for "very", and can be translated in
some cases for the English adjective 'quite'. For instance - 'Il est vachement idiot' could be translated
as 'He is quite stupid'.
Whilst on the subject of 'vache', a popular French phrase is 'la vache!' which, as an exclamation,
means 'damn!' or 'darn!'. For example - 'tu as perdu!' could be greeted with 'la vache!' or 'mince!' or
other such expressions of discontent.
It can however be used sometimes as an exclamation of surprise or amazement 'la vache! c'est genial
ce truc'
vah-shuh; vah-shuh-MAWÑ
Zinzin
n. Colloquial word meaning 'crazy'.
Verlan
Verlan is roughly similar to English Pig Latin, in that certain words are split in half, and the two
componenents switch positions, but do not necessarily retain all letters (due to French pronunciation
patterns). For example, if you have word [12], in verlan it will become [2-1]. The word verlan is in itself an
example of this; it comes from the word l'envers (meaning 'backwards'). Verlan is, unlike Pig Latin, quite
commonly used among young adults and even adults. Common verlan expressions include:
Beur ou rebeu
n., A person of Arab descent. from arabe. ('Beur' is so commonly used that it now has its own Verlan
form, 'reub').
Chelou
adj., Fishy, shady, suspicious. from louche.
Ienche
n., Dog. from "chien". "Les ienches, ca me fait flipper." (Pronounced "ee-ansh")
Keuf
Policeman (not polite) from flic "Il est chelou ce mec ! j'vais le balancer aux keufs."
Kem
n., man, guy, dude, from mec.
Meuf
n., Woman, chick, girl. from femme.
Ouf
adj., Crazy, ridiculous. from fou. Used commonly in the expression "c'est un truc de ouf" ("that is
some crazy shit").
Relou
adj., Not funny, difficult, something that sucks. from lourd, heavy. (the d is dropped in Verlan because
the final d does not pronounce in lourd).
Ripou
adj., Rotten, awful, gross. from pourri
Ripou = un policier qui commet des actes graves illégaux
pl : des ripoux
Teuf
n., Party. from fête.
Venère
adj., aggravated, angry, pissed off. from enervé(e).
Common chat abbreviations
There are two general guidelines:
é can be susbstituted for all homophonic equivalents including "-ais", "-ait", "-es" (such as in the
articles les and des), the conjunction "et" (and), and the verb "est" (third person sing. conjugation of
être, "to be").
words that end in a silent -s commonly drop this s: such as pas (pa), and vois (voi).
biz
n., bisous, "kisses".
c
subj+verb, c'est, "it is".
ct
subj+verb, c'était, "it was"; imparfait (past) conjugation of c'est.
dc
conj., donc, "therefore, so".
dsl
adj., désolé(e), "sorry".
fok
exp., il faut que, "it is necessary".
ke
interr. and relative pronoun, que, "that".
ki
interr. and rel. pron., qui, "that" or "which".
koi
interrogative, quoi, "what"; also seen in pourkoi, "why".
mdr
exp., mort(e) de rire, "laughing myself to death", (equivalent of lol, laughing out loud).
conj., mais, "but".
pr
prep., pour, "for".
ptdr
exp., peté(e) de rire, "bursting with laughter", (equivalent of lol, laughing out loud). stronger than
mdr.
tt
adj., tout(e), "all"; also seen in the expression tout le monde.
nrv
adj. enervé(e), pissed off, angry, aggravated.
Solutions to Exercises
Creating exercises
When creating new exercises:
Namescheme: E: [Level].[Lesson] # - [Subject] - [Title]
Example: E: 2.01 1 - School Vocabulary - Complétez
Example: E: 2.01 2 - Passé Composé - English to French
Add the following to both the lesson where the exercise goes and the appropriate section on this page.
Replace [...] with the specified lesson info.
Example:
Lesson exercises
Introductory lessons
Level One lessons
Level Two lessons
Level Three lessons
Vocabulary Index
Common French words by category
Typing Characters
International keyboard configuration
Commonly one memorises the alt-number code for inserting non-English characters (below), but there is a
much better method. One can change their keyboard configuration from their previous setting to a US
(Qwerty) International setting. See http://www.starr.net/kbh for more information.
In Windows XP:
Now to form accents, you prefix the letter with either ` ' " ~ or ^ So, to get è, one types ` and then e. To get
Ë, one types " and then E.
{{French Exercises|[namescheme]|
[the exercise text]
|
[the exercise solution text]
}}
{{French Exercises|E: 2.01 1 - School Vocabulary - Complétez|
* On lève la _____.
|
* On lève la ''main''.
}}
1. Start -> Settings -> Control Panel
2. Regional and Language Options
3. Languages -> Details ...
4. Click Add.
5. Under Input language, choose your native language.
6. Under Keyboard layout/IME, choose United States-International.
JLG extended keyboard layout for US
You can download the JLG Extended Keyboard Layout for US (freeware) on http://www.jlg-utilities.com.
This layout does not modify the normal US Layout, but extends it. Thus the punctuation characters (', ", ^,
etc.) are not dead keys and does not perturb the common user. Thousand of Unicode characters can be
reached, included the French characters, generally with intuitive combinations, for instance:
In Mac OS X
You could change your keyboard layout in System Preferences->International->Input Menu or with the
default qwerty keyboard layout you can use meta keys to create the accents. For instance if you want to
create an "`" accent you would press option+` then press the vowel you want to appear under the letter to
create à, è, ì, ò, or ù. The keystrokes for the diffent accents are...
Copy & paste
This method can be useful if you are just writing a short text (for example an e-mail) and don't have a
computer where you can/want change language settings. Just try to pull up a web page or a document that
contains the special characters and paste them into your text. For longer texts, however, this can become
quite tedious.
Search & replace
If you are working with a text editor you have the option to search for text and replace it with other text.
This feature can be used to 'type' special characters. The idea is to mark a character for becoming a special
character, for example typing ~a when you mean à. After you have written your text you replace marked
characters (the ~a) with special characters (the à). Of course you have to either type in the Alt number code
or paste the character, but the point is that you only have to do it once for the whole text and not for every
single à that you want to type.
Unix and the Compose key
If you are using Ubuntu Linux with Gnome you select the Compose key from System: Preferences:
Keyboard then Layouts: Layout Options: Compose key position. You can select one of Right Alt key, Left
Win-key, Right Win-key, Menu key, Right Ctrl key or Caps Lock key (for a USA keyboard layout). The
Keyboard preferences dialog has an area you can use to test the settings. See below for how to use the
Compose key. Ubuntu with a different window manager, such as KDE should have a similar keyboard
These are examples of the alt-number code method:
ù Alt+151 or Alt+0249
û Alt+150 or Alt+0251
ü Alt+129 or Alt+0252
The right Alt key may be required.
é = CTRL + ' then e
à = CTRL + ` then a
Î = CTRL + ^ then I
œ = ALTGR + o then e
« = ALTGR + [
» = ALTGR + ]
etc.
option + "`" = `
option + "e" = ´
option + "i" = ˆ
option + "u" = ¨
preferences utility.
If you are using Unix or a derivative operating system (such as Linux) with XFree86, you can define a
compose key by opening a terminal window and typing:
To use the Compose key, press and release the Compose key, then type two characters. Combinations useful
for typing in French follow:
Web Resources
Link collections
Wikipedia French language external links - Dozens of valuable links.
Translators
Google Translator (http://www.google.com/language_tools)
Babelfish Translation (http://babelfish.altavista.digital.com/babelfish/tr?) : A translation website
Google Toolbar (http://toolbar.google.com/) - automatic translate on mouseover of a word (English to
French only)
Learning French
Online French Help (http://www.onlinefrenchhelp.com/)
About.com French Language (http://french.about.com/)
Target Language (http://www.targetlanguage.co.uk/)
Anne Fox (http://www.homestead.com/Anne_Fox/LearningFrench.html)
BBC (http://www.bbc.co.uk/languages/french/index.shtml)
The Mixxer (http://www.language-exchanges.org) Find a native French speaker for a language
To use the Windows menu key (between the right Windows key and right Ctrl key:
xmodmap -e "keysym Menu = Multi_key"
To use the right Windows key:
xmodmap -e "keysym R_Meta = Multi_key"
To use the right Alt key:
xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_Gr = Multi_key"
à Compose + a + `
â Compose + a + ^
ä Compose + a + "
ç Compose + c + ,
è Compose + e + `
é Compose + e + '
ê Compose + e + ^
ë Compose + e + "
É Compose + E + '
î Compose + i + ^
ï Compose + i + "
ô Compose + o + ^
ö Compose + o + "
ù Compose + u + `
û Compose + u + ^
ü Compose + u + "
exchange via Skype (http://www.skype.com)
Jump-Gate (http://www.jump-gate.com/languages/french/)
University of Adelaide (http://www.library.adelaide.edu.au/guide/hum/french/learning.html) ,
Australia
French Language Learning Software (http://www.claritaslux.com)
Free Online French Tutorial (http://www.ielanguages.com/french.html)
BBC Bitesize grammar
(http://www.bbc.co.uk/scotland/education/bitesize/standard/other/sos/french/grammar/index.shtml)
Free resources for language learners (http://loquela-education.net) - Practice speaking french online
with ausio forums.
TravelWiki Phrasebook (http://wikitravel.org/en/French_phrasebook)
Orbis Latinus French (http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/French/index.html)
MIT French I Assignments
(http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Foreign-Languages-and-Literatures/21F-301Fall-2004/Assignments/index.htm
MIT French II Assignments
(http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Foreign-Languages-and-Literatures/21F-302Fall-2004/Assignments/index.htm
Useful information on the French language can be found on the site of tv5 (www.tv5.org)
(http://www.tv5.org/TV5Site/lf/langue_francaise.php) - Dictionnaire de langue francaise, Dictionnaire
de synonymes, Conjugaisons, Dictionnaire anglais/francais, Dictionnaire francais/anglais, and lots
more!
Informal French & Slang - with sound (http://www.ielanguages.com/frenchslang.html)
FancyFrench (http://fancyfrench.mypodcast.com) - Established method for learning French, with a
free online .pdf textbook to accompany the free podcast lessons.
French grammar
Portail lettres (http://www.portail.lettres.net/j__grammaire_et_orthographe.htm)
Verbs : Grammar - Online French Help (http://www.onlinefrenchhelp.com/grammar/verb)
Clo7 (http://membres.lycos.fr/clo7/)
French grammar lessons (http://french.about.com/library/weekly/bltopicsub-g.htm)
Exercises on French grammar (Dr. Meul Etienne) (http://www.etienne-meul.be/)
Online verb conjugator (http://humanities.uchicago.edu/orgs/ARTFL/forms_unrest/inflect.query.html)
Dictionaries
Lexilogos (http://www.lexilogos.com/index.htm) : all online French dictionaries
French dictionary (http://www.online-dictionary.biz/english/french)
French culture
Online A-Z dictionary of modern France (http://about-france.com/dictionary/)
Le portail de la culture (http://www.culture.fr/Groups/accueil/home_fr)
Cortland (http://www.cortland.edu/flteach/civ/)
Ambassade de France en Nouvelle-Zélande (http://www.france.net.nz/)
Travel in France
Ministère des Affaires Etrangères français
(http://www.diplomatie.gouv.fr/thema/dossier.asp?DOS=ETRANGERS)
About-France.com - travel and general interest guide to France (http://about-france.com)
TravelWiki (http://wikitravel.org/en/France)
French administration
Le portail de l'administration (http://www.service-public.gouv.fr)
Associated Wikimedia for French language
Commons
Category
Images
Wikipedia
Article
Encyclopedia
Wikiquote
Article
Quotes
Wiktionary
Definition
Dictionary
Associated Wikimedia for France
Commons
Category
Images
Wikinews
Portal
Category
News
Wikipedia
Article
Portal
Encyclopedia
Wikisource
Category
Texts
Wiktionary
Definition
Appendix
Dictionary
TEXTS
Contents
Texts Information
Fables de La Fontaine1.
National Anthems2.
Due to the story's length, Le Petit Prince is only included in French/Texts/Print version.
Uncategorized Texts1.
Wikinews2.
Texts Information
Uncategorized Texts
Déclaration des Droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen de 1789
Featured Text
La Marseillaise
L'hymne national de France.
The national anthem of France.
(edit template (http://en.wikibooks.org/w/wiki.phtml?title=Template:French_Texts_Footer&action=edit) )
(discussion (http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Talk:French/Texts) )
[show ]
Texts
Fables de La Fontaine par Jean de La Fontaine • National Anthems • Miscellaneous • Wikinews
FABLES DE LA FONTAINE
Information
Featured Fable
La Cigale et la Fourmi
The Cicada and the Ant.
A tale with the moral of hard work.
La Cigale et la Fourmi
Vocabulary
The Fable
En français
La Cigale, ayant chanté
Tout l'été,
Se trouva fort dépourvue
Quand la bise fut venue:
Pas un seul petit morceau
De mouche ou de vermisseau.
Elle alla crier famine
Chez la Fourmi sa voisine,
La priant de lui prêter
Quelque grain pour subsister
Jusqu’à la saison nouvelle.
« Je vous paierai, lui dit-elle,
Avant l’Août, foi d’animal,
Intérêt et principal. »
La Fourmi n’est pas prêteuse:
C’est là son moindre défaut.
« Que faisiez-vous au temps chaud ?
In English
[show ]
Dit-elle à cette emprunteuse.
— Nuit et jour à tout venant
Je chantais, ne vous déplaise.
— Vous chantiez ? J’en suis fort aise.
Eh bien ! Dansez maintenant. »
Questions
Le Corbeau et le Renard
Vocabulary
The Fable
En français
Maître Corbeau, sur un arbre perché,
Tenait dans son bec un fromage.
Maître Renard, par l’odeur alléché,
Lui tint à peu près ce langage :
« Hé ! bonjour, Monsieur du Corbeau.
Que vous êtes joli ! que vous me semblez beau !
Sans mentir, si votre ramage
Se rapporte à votre plumage,
Vous êtes le Phénix des hôtes de ces bois. »
A ces mots le Corbeau ne se sent pas de joie ;
Et pour montrer sa belle voix,
Il ouvre un large bec, laisse tomber sa proie.
Le Renard s’en saisit, et dit : « Mon bon Monsieur,
Apprenez que tout flatteur
Vit aux dépens de celui qui l’écoute :
Cette leçon vaut bien un fromage, sans doute. »
Le Corbeau, honteux et confus,
Jura, mais un peu tard, qu’on ne l’y prendrait plus.
In English
Questions
Les Deux Mulets
Vocabulary
The Fable
Deux mulets cheminaient, l’un d’avoine chargé,
(edit template (http://en.wikibooks.org/w/wiki.phtml?title=Template:French/Texts/National_anthems/Footer&action=edit) )
(discussion (http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Talk:French/Texts/National_anthems) )
L’autre portant l’argent de la gabelle
Celui-ci, glorieux d’une charge si belle,
N’eût voulu pour beaucoup en être soulagé.
Il marchait d’un pas relevé,
Et faisait sonner sa sonnette :
Quand, l’ennemi se présentant,
Comme il en voulait à l’argent,
Sur le mulet du fisc une troupe se jette,
Le saisit au frein et l’arrête.
Le mulet, en se défendant,
Se sent percé de coups ; il gémit, il soupire.
Est-ce donc là, dit-il, ce qu’on m’avait promis ?
Ce mulet qui me suit du danger se retire ;
Et moi j’y tombe et je péris !
— Ami, lui dit son camarade,
Il n’est pas toujours bon d’avoir un haut emploi :
Si tu n’avais servi qu’un meunier, comme moi,
Tu ne serais pas si malade.
Questions
NATIONAL ANTHEMS
Information
Featured National Anthem
La Marseillaise
L'hymne national de France.
The national anthem of France.
National
Anthems
L'Aube Nouvelle (Benin) • La Brabançonne (Belgium) Le Cantique suisse (Switzerland) La Marseillaise (France) O Canada
(Canada)
La Marseillaise
Introduction
Main article: w:La Marseillaise
[show ]
[show ]
[show ]
How To Read The Anthem
You will not get much out of the anthem if you skim through it or only know the meanings of half the
words. There are two ways you can read it. The first is to read the French text and English translation below.
The second way will lead to a greater understanding of the anthem, but is more time consuming. Read a line,
look up (http://translate.google.com/translate_t) words you don't know, then continue on to the next line.
When you finish reading a verse, you should reread both in French and English to make sure you understand
both the overall picture and each line. It may be necessary to repeat this several times. After reading the
entire anthem once, quickly read it a second time. You should be able to reread it in no time at all. If you
find yourself having trouble rereading the anthem, read it a third time until you are comfortable reading it.
Vocabulary
la Patrie fatherland
le citoyen citizen
The Anthem
French lyrics English Translation
I.
Allons enfants de la Patrie
Le jour de gloire est arrivé !
Contre nous de la tyrannie
L'étendard sanglant est levé (bis)
Entendez-vous dans nos campagnes
Mugir ces féroces soldats ?
Ils viennent jusque dans vos bras.
Égorger vos fils, vos compagnes !
Verse I
Refrain :
Aux armes citoyens
Formez vos bataillons
Marchons, marchons
Qu'un sang impur
Abreuve nos sillons
Refrain
II.
Que veut cette horde d'esclaves
De traîtres, de rois conjurés ?
Pour qui ces ignobles entraves
Ces fers dès longtemps préparés ? (bis)
Français, pour nous, ah ! quel outrage
Quels transports il doit exciter ?
C'est nous qu'on ose méditer
De rendre à l'antique esclavage !
Verse II
(refrain)
[show ] [show ]
[show ]
[show ] [show ]
[show ]
[show ] [show ]
[show ]
[show ] [show ]
[show ]
French English
III.
Quoi ces cohortes étrangères !
Feraient la loi dans nos foyers !
Quoi ! ces phalanges mercenaires
Terrasseraient nos fils guerriers ! (bis)
Grand Dieu ! par des mains enchaînées
Nos fronts sous le joug se ploieraient
De vils despotes deviendraient
Les maîtres des destinées.
Verse III
(refrain)
French English
IV.
Tremblez, tyrans et vous perfides
L'opprobre de tous les partis
Tremblez ! vos projets parricides
Vont enfin recevoir leurs prix ! (bis)
Tout est soldat pour vous combattre
S'ils tombent, nos jeunes héros
La France en produit de nouveaux,
Contre vous tout prêts à se battre.
Verse IV
(refrain)
French English
V
Français, en guerriers magnanimes
Portez ou retenez vos coups !
Épargnez ces tristes victimes
À regret s'armant contre nous (bis)
Mais ces despotes sanguinaires
Mais ces complices de Bouillé
Tous ces tigres qui, sans pitié
Déchirent le sein de leur mère !
Verse V
(refrain)
French English
VI.
Amour sacré de la Patrie
Conduis, soutiens nos bras vengeurs
Liberté, Liberté chérie
Combats avec tes défenseurs ! (bis)
Sous nos drapeaux, que la victoire
Accoure à tes mâles accents
Que tes ennemis expirants
Voient ton triomphe et notre gloire !
Verse VI
(1) The sentence (in French) is inverted, the non-literal translation is : "The bloody banner of tyranny is
raised against/before us" but it may be also "Protect us against tyranny, The bloody banner is raised"
(2) Here and in the next line, this is often sung as "nos" ("our") rather than "vos" ("your"); "vos" remains
official.
(3) "la carrière" ("the career"), that is, of being in the army.
Questions
UNCATEGORIZED TEXTS
Déclaration des Droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen
Introduction and context
Main article: w:Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen
Déclaration des Droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen de 1789
(http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/D%C3%A9claration_des_Droits_de_l%27Homme_et_du_Citoyen_de_1789)
Vocabulary
un droit - a right
Text introduction
Déclaration des Droits de l'Homme et du Citoyen
Adoptée par l'Assemblée constituante du 20 au 26 août 1789, acceptée par le roi le 5 octobre 1789
Les représentants du peuple français, constitués en Assemblée nationale, considérant que l'ignorance, l'oubli
ou le mépris des droits de l'homme sont les seules causes des malheurs publics et de la corruption des
gouvernements, ont résolu d'exposer, dans une Déclaration solennelle, les droits naturels, inaliénables et
sacrés de l'homme, afin que cette Déclaration, constamment présente à tous les membres du corps social,
leur rappelle sans cesse leurs droits et leurs devoirs; afin que les actes du pouvoir législatif, et ceux du
pouvoir exécutif pouvant à chaque instant être comparés avec le but de toute institution politique, en soient
plus respectés; afin que les réclamations des citoyens, fondées désormais sur des principes simples et
incontestables, tournent toujours au maintien de la Constitution et au bonheur de tous.
Questions
Text Declaration of Rights
En conséquence, l'Assemblée nationale reconnaît et déclare, en présence et sous les auspices de l'Être
suprême, les droits suivants de l'homme et du citoyen:
Article premier - Les hommes naissent et demeurent libres et égaux en droits. Les distinctions sociales
ne peuvent être fondées que sur l'utilité commune.
Article II - Le but de toute association politique est la conservation des droits naturels et
imprescriptibles de l'homme. Ces droits sont la liberté, la propriété, la sûreté, et la résistance à
l'oppression.
Article III - Le principe de toute souveraineté réside essentiellement dans la nation. Nul corps, nul
individu ne peut exercer d'autorité qui n'en émane expressément.
Article IV - La liberté consiste à faire tout ce qui ne nuit pas à autrui: ainsi l'exercice des droits
naturels de chaque homme n'a de bornes que celles qui assurent aux autres membres de la société la
jouissance de ces mêmes droits. Ces bornes ne peuvent être déterminées que par la loi.
Article V - La loi n'a le droit de défendre que les actions nuisibles à la société. Tout ce qui n'est pas
défendu par la loi ne peut être empêché, et nul ne peut être contraint à faire ce qu'elle n'ordonne pas.
Article VI - La loi est l'expression de la volonté générale. Tous les citoyens ont droit de concourir
personnellement, ou par leurs représentants, à sa formation. Elle doit être la même pour tous, soit
qu'elle protège, soit qu'elle punisse. Tous les citoyens, étant égaux à ses yeux, sont également
admissibles à toutes dignités, places et emplois publics, selon leurs capacités et sans autre distinction
que celle de leurs vertus et de leurs talents.
Article VII - Nul homme ne peut être accusé, arrêté ni détenu que dans les cas déterminés par la loi, et
selon les formes qu'elle a prescrites. Ceux qui sollicitent, expédient, exécutent ou font exécuter des
ordres arbitraires, doivent être punis; mais tout citoyen appelé ou saisi en vertu de la loi doit obéir à
l'instant; il se rend coupable par la résistance.
Article VIII - La loi ne doit établir que des peines strictement et évidemment nécessaires, et nul ne
peut être puni qu'en vertu d'une loi établie et promulguée antérieurement au délit et légalement
appliquée.
Article IX - Tout homme étant présumé innocent jusqu'à ce qu'il ait été déclaré coupable, s'il est jugé
indispensable de l'arrêter, toute rigueur qui ne sera pas nécessaire pour s'assurer de sa personne doit
être sévèrement réprimée par la loi.
Article X - Nul ne doit être inquiété pour ses opinions, même religieuses, pourvu que leur
manifestation ne trouble pas l'ordre public établi par la loi.
Article XI - La libre communication des pensées et des opinions est un des droits les plus précieux de
l'homme: tout citoyen peut donc parler, écrire, imprimer librement, sauf à répondre de l'abus de cette
liberté, dans les cas déterminés par la loi.
Article XII - La garantie des droits de l'homme et du citoyen nécessite une force publique: cette force
est donc instituée pour l'avantage de tous et non pour l'utilité particulière de ceux auxquels elle est
confiée.
Article XIII - Pour l'entretien de la force publique et pour les dépenses d'administration, une
contribution commune est indispensable. Elle doit être également répartie entre tous les citoyens, en
raison de leurs facultés.
Article XIV - Chaque citoyen a le droit, par lui-même ou par ses représentants, de constater la
nécessité de la contribution publique, de la consentir librement, d'en suivre l'emploi et d'en déterminer
la quotité, l'assiette, le recouvrement et la durée.
Article XV - La société a le droit de demander compte à tout agent public de son administration.
Article XVI - Toute société dans laquelle la garantie des droits n'est pas assurée, ni la séparation des
pouvoirs déterminée, n'a pas de Constitution.
Article XVII - La propriété étant un droit inviolable et sacré, nul ne peut en être privé, si ce n'est
lorsque la nécessité publique, légalement constatée, l'exige évidemment, et sous la condition d'une
juste et préalable indemnité.
Questions
WIKINEWS
Information
Featured News Piece
Fire
(audio)
()
Wikinews
(discussion (http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Talk:French/Texts/Wikinews) )
Fire
Fire
From wikinews:fr:Premier incendie de l'été en région PACA/Brève
Vocabulary
brûler to burn
l'incendie fire
The News Story
audio
30 juin 2005. – Une centaine d'hectares de forêt a brûlé jeudi après-midi en région Provence-Alpes-Côte
d'Azur.Le Centre opérationnel départemental d'incendie et de secours du Var a déclaré que le terrain était
« très difficile d'accès en raison de la densité de la végétation ».
Toutefois, avec l'aide d'importants moyens (huit avions, et deux hélicoptères), les pompiers espèrent
maitriser l'incendie avant la nuit bien que le feu soit attisé par un vent d'ouest. Les raisons de l'incendie
restent inconnues, une enquète est ouverte.
Ce premier feu de forêt de l'été fait craindre une situation difficile pour les pompiers : les spécialistes
craignent une situation similaire à celle de l'été 2003 lors duquel plusieurs centaines d'hectares du massif des
Maures avaient été ravagés.
Q&A
Welcome to the French Questions and Answers page.
Feel free to post any questions you have while learning or encountering French. Please sign and date
your entries by inserting -- ~~~~ at the end.
If you have questions about this book, post them on the French discussion page.
Ask a question!
(http://en.wikibooks.org/w/index.php?title=French/Q%26A&action=edit&section=new
Translation and Meaning
I need to know what the SLANG word in English for the French term feutre means.
Un Feutre= a felt-tipped pen, ie. a texta colour
As far as I know there is no slang word for felt-tipped pen. You just have to say felt-tipped pen.
71.106.251.220 (talk)
Level
How do I know what level I'm on? Is there any sort of placement test?
You can easily find placement tests online and at various Colleges' and Universities' Websites online
(http://www.google.com/search?q=french+placement+test&sourceid=navclient-ff&ie=UTF-8&rlz=1B3GGGL_enUS239US239
. Otherwise, the general rule of thumb is one year in a language course is one level.
--Fruitblender 23:06, 7 November 2007 (UTC)
exercise on le futur anterior
Here (http://globegate.utm.edu/french/globegate_mirror/gramm.html) is a list of exercises by topic.
--Fruitblender 23:06, 7 November 2007 (UTC)
In French How do I Make a sentence Imperative?
The imperative is used in tu, nous and vous forms; the nous and vous forms are the same as the
indicative in both regular and irregular verbs (except the 3 irregulars shown below). The tu form is
also the same unless it comes from an infinitive that ends in -er, in which case the tu form would drop
the 's' (eg: parles becomes parle).
The infinitive can also be used as the imperative, but only for impersonal commands, eg: mettre la
ceinture.
--Fruitblender 23:06, 7 November 2007 (UTC)
gender
what we call turkey or turque as feminine or masculine
hello
explain passe compose tense
In English, verbs conjugated in the passé composé literally mean have/has ____ed. While there is a
simple past tense in French, it is only used in formal writing, so verbs conjugated in the passé
composé can also be used to mean the English simple tense.
For example, the passé composé form of parler (to speak), [avoir] parlé, literally mean has/have
spoken, but also means spoke. In French, the passé composé covers "I ate", "I did eat" and "I have
eaten" - J'ai mangé.
Usage
You use the passé composé when you want to express that:
Something has been completed in the past.
Something was done a certain amount of times in the past. (if the something was ongoing,
the imparfait should be used)
A series of somethings was completed in the past.
If you want to know how to form it, you'll have to look it up. There are a lot of rules, and they are
easily listed elsewhere (like in the Wikibook).
--Fruitblender 22:43, 7 November 2007 (UTC)
Verbs used as adjectives or nouns
How do you tanslate English "verbals" into French? I am confused about both:
Verbs used as adjectives (in English they would be called "participles")
ex: I see the singing girl.
Verbs used as nouns (in English they would be called "gerunds")
ex: Singing is fun.
Thanks for your help, FerralMoonrender (talk) 20:47, 14 July 2008 (UTC)
Hi.
Verbs used as adjectives are generally translated to qui + verb (conjugated). In your example, a
French would say "Je vois la fille qui chante".
Verbs used as nouns would be translated to the infinitive form of the verb. In your example, we
would say "Chanter est amusant".
I hope I answered your question. --AurélieM (talk) 00:36, 21 July 2008 (UTC)
Merci beaucoup! FerralMoonrender (talk) 06:53, 3 August 2008 (UTC)
Çava
Passé composé - Reflexive Verbs vs. Verbs with Preceding Object
Pronouns
Is the auxillary verb "être" used both with reflexive and preceding object pronouns?
Passé composé - Irregular verbs or intransite verbs
Is the auxillary verb "être" used, in the special cases, with irregular or intransite verbs?
Use of Fingers
I need to know what is different about the use of the fingers in France compared to the use of fingers in
America. I already know about using the thumb to begin counting, but what makes that so much better than
starting with the index finger? This is for a 6th graders report in French, please! Any assistance would be
appreciated, links, etc.
what is the translation of good morning im zirenithee basa presenting the country of france in french
language?
ABOUT THE BOOK
Current development
General: the main talk page.
Lessons: Lessons planning page.
Downloadable and print versions
Complete print version
Complete PDF version
Description page
Third Edition • May 05, 2006 • 2.2MB
High Quality Images Edition
(http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikibooks/en/archive/6/63/20060508094223%21French.pdf)
(8.2MB)
Previous editions:
First Lessons Edition (February 18, 2006)
Second Edition
(http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikibooks/en/archive/6/63/20060507021115%21French.pdf)
(March 18, 2006)
Specific/detailed book versions:
Lessons print version
Grammar print version
contains tenses and minor pages not included in the general print version
Texts print version
contains texts too long for the general print version
If a lesson, grammar page, appendix, ot text has been added or the name of an existing page has been
changed, please update the print version.
Je me SUIS parlé.
Il m'EST parlé. (--> Should it be "Il m'A parlé", since, in this case, it's not a reflexive pronoun?)
Lessons information
Lesson Planning
Concept Lessons
Downloadable and Print Versions
Updating:
If a lesson is added or the name of an existing lesson is changed, please update:
The print version
The level one main page, the level two main page, or the level three main page
The level one header, the level two header, or the level three header
The level one footer, the level two footer, or the level three footer
The complete lessons template
The Solutions Appendix
It is not necessary to update these versions if the sections within these main lesson pages are
altered.
Templates
See Category:French Templates.
Authors
Hashar - Created this book!
Traroth - Created Intro page, edited several errors.
Feel free to add your (real or user) name to this list if you made any contributions to this book.
GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
Version 1.2, November 2002
0. PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document "free" in
the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author
and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be
free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license
designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs
free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein.
The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring
permission under copyright law.
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either
copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively
with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to
related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the
Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The
relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does
not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document
may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are
none.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover
Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be
at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose
specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly
with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation
to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial
amount of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input
format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats
include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not
have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's
title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or
contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or
"History".) To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to
the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but
only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is
void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
2. VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the
Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the
copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover,
and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the
publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally
prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited
to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as
many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either
include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque
copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download
using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of
Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your
agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any
large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
4. MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3
above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified
Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from
those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the
Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version
gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the
modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this
requirement.
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to
use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in
the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the
title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is
no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher
of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated
in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent
copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous
versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network
location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of the section,
and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles.
Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified
Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any
Invariant Section.
O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections
and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these
sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your
Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been
approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a
Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by
arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names
for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined
in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant
Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections
may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of
the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment
to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original documents,
forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", and
any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included
in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License,
provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other
respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright resulting
from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the
individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the
other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the
Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers
that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in
electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
8. TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under
the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their
copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the
license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original
English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the
original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History", the requirement
(section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
9. TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in
full compliance.
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License
from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail
to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software
Foundation.